Australasian Journal of Herpetology 3 Eight New Skink Genera and 45

Home , Emoia, Emoia atrocostata, Emoia nigra, Emoia samoensis

Australasian Journal of Herpetology 3 Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Published 10 July 2019. ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

Eight new skink genera and 45 newly named species associated with Emoia Gray, 1845 sensu lato that reflects ancient divergence and recent speciation within the assemblage (Reptilia: Squamata).

LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:pub:88C0C262-ABA2-4878-80D9-F85838DB90DD

RAYMOND T. HOSER

488 Park Road, Park Orchards, Victoria, 3134, Australia. Phone: +61 3 9812 3322 Fax: 9812 3355 E-mail: snakeman (at) snakeman.com.au Received 29 March 2018, Accepted 18 June 2019, Published 10 July 2019.

ABSTRACT The lizard genus Emoia Gray, 1845 within the Lygosominae as recognized in 2019 contains about 80 recognized species. Morphological studies have long recognized various species groups (e.g. Brown 1991). More recent molecular studies show ancient divergences. In fact some of these groups are not even closely related to one another, but in fact occur some distance away in the Lygosominae sub familial tree (e.g. Pyron et al. 2013). Based on both morphological and molecular divergence as cited, seven new genera of skinks formerly placed within Emoia as currently recognized are formally named according to the rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride et al. 1999). Species in the new genera were mainly placed within the so-called E. samoensis group as defined by Brown (1991). The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, is resurrected for this divergent taxon, also previously placed in the E. samoensis group. The taxon also subdivided into 6 allopatric species. A subgenus for the taxon described as Emoia parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980 is also assigned as well as another subgenus for the species Emoia ponapea Kiester, 1982, the latter being within Emoia sensu stricto. The putative species originally described as Lygosoma stellatus Boulenger, 1900, more recently known as Sphenomorphus stellatus (Boulenger, 1900), is in fact not closely related to other Sphenomorphus Fitzinger, 1843 species at all. Instead the species group is closest to a clade treated as being within Emoia sensu lato, this being the so-called E. samoensis group. However it is divergent enough from that group to be formally placed in a newly named genus, giving a total of eight newly named genera of skinks associated with Emoia sensu lato. Furthermore, 45 obvious but previously unnamed species within relevant genera are also named according to the rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride et al. 1999) for the first time. There also remains further unrecognized and unnamed species within this assemblage. Keywords: taxonomy; nomenclature; lizards; subfamily; Lygosominae; skinks; genus; Emoia; Sphenomorphus; Emoa; Pacific; Asia; New Guinea; Fiji; Solomon Islands; Indonesia; Papua New Guinea; Malaysia; panopea; nigra; atrocostata; concolor; loyaltiensis; stellatus; new genus; Notanemoia; Cannotbeemoia; Silvaemoia; Griseolaterus; Aintemoia; Caeruleocaudascincus; Ventripallidusscincus; Shireenhoserscincus; new subgenus; Paraemoia; Aquilonariemoia; new species; kimaniadilboden; timdalei; karkarensis; tonylovelinayi; anggigidaensis; stefanbroghammeri; euanedwardsi; paulmulvanyi; martinmulvanyi; paulwoolfi; jamesbondi; richardwarneri; morriedorisioi; minusguttata; dorsalinea; bougainvilliensis; boreotis; aquacauda; yusufmohamudi; davidaltmani; stephengoldsteini; rodneysommerichi; roberteksteini; georgemariolisi; karlagambellae; cathysonnemannae; neilsonnemanni; robvalentici; dannygoodwini; latishadarwinae; stevebennetti; lucybennettae; clivebennetti; craigbennetti; brettbarnetti; williambennetti; kamahlbenneti; drubennetti; jaibennetti; danielbenneti; graysonoconnori; michaelguiheneufi; rosssadlieri; shireenhoserae; daranini. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 4 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

INTRODUCTION population. The skink genus Emoia Gray, 1845 within the Lygosominae as I also note the abysmal environmental record of various National, recognized by most herpetologists in 2018 contains about 80 State and Local governments in the relevant region over the past recognized species. 200 years as detailed by Hoser (1989, 1991, 1993, 1996 and 2010) Morphological studies have long recognized various species in the face of ongoing threats as diverse as introduced species, groups. habitat destruction and modification, introduced pathogens and The major study of Brown (1991) created numerous species other factors and combinations thereof. groups and these have been retained as functional groups by later It is also noteworthy that I cannot guarantee another illegal armed authors. raid on our facility, involving theft of materials and data again at Some, but not all of these species groups as determined by Brown some unspecified date in the future. Therefore it is important that (1991) have also been confirmed by molecular studies. the taxonomy of this group be largely resolved herein, rather than be potentially delayed indefinitely. They also show ancient divergences. Published literature relevant to the taxonomy and nomenclature In fact some of these groups are not even closely related to one adopted within this paper includes the following: Adler et al. (1995), another, but in fact occur some distance away in the Lygosominae Allison and Greer (1986), Angel (1935), Auffenberg (1980), Austin sub familial tree as shown in the supermatrix of Pyron et al. (2013). and Zug (1999), Bacon (1967), Baker (1928), Baker (2016), Based on previously published morphological and molecular Barbour (1912), Bauer (1994), Bauer and Sadlier (2000), Bauer divergence seven new genera of skinks formerly placed within and Vindum (1990), Bauer et al. (1995), Blanchard (1923), Bobrov Emoia as currently recognized are formally named according to the and Semenov (2008), Boettger (1895), Boulenger (1886. 1887, rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride et 1895. 1897a, 1897b, 1900, 1914), Bourret (1937), Brabanov and al. 1999). Milto (2017), Brongersma (1931, 1948), Brown (1953, 1954, 1983, Species in the new genera were mainly placed within the so-called 1991), Brown and Alcala (1980), Brown and Allison (1986), Brown E. samoensis group as defined by Brown (1991). and Falanruw (1972), Brown and Gibbons (1986), Brown and The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, is Marshall (1953), Brown and Parker (1985), Bruna et al. (1980, resurrected for this divergent taxon, also previously placed in the 1996a, 1996b), Buden (2007, 2008, 2015a, 2015b), Buden and E. samoensis group. The putative species is also subdivided into 6 Taboroši (2016), Clause et al. (2018), Cogger (2014), Couper et al. allopatric species, 5 formally named for the first time. (1996), Crombie and Pregill (1999), Daan and Hillenius (1966), A subgenus for the taxon described as Emoia parkeri Brown, Darevsky (1964a, 1964b), Das (2004), De Jong (1927), de Rooij Pernetta and Watling, 1980 is also assigned as well as another (1915), De Vis (1890, 1892), Dryden and Taylor (1969), Duméril subgenus for the species Emoia ponapea Kiester, 1982, the latter and Bibron (1839), Duméril and Duméril (1851), Dunn (1927), being within Emoia sensu stricto. Fischer (1886), Fisher and Ineich (2012), Fisher et al. (2017), The putative species originally described as Lygosoma stellatus Fitzinger (1843), Garman (1899, 1901), Gaulke (1999, 2011), Boulenger, 1900, more recently known as Sphenomorphus Gaulke and Alcala (2009), Gibson-Hill (1947), Gill (1993), Gill et al. stellatus (Boulenger, 1900), is in fact not closely related to other (1994), Girard (1858a, 1858b), Goldberg and Grismer (2017), Sphenomorphus Fitzinger, 1843 species at all. Goldberg and Kraus (2008), Goris and Maeda (2004), Gray (1845), Greer (1974), Grismer (2011a, 2011b) Grismer et al. (2009, 2010, Instead the species group is closest to a clade treated as being 2013), Grossmann and Tillack (2005), Guillaume et al. (1994), within Emoia sensu lato, this being the so-called E. samoensis Günther (1874), Hamilton (2008), Hamilton et al. (2010), Heatwole group. However it is divergent enough from that group to be (1975), Hendrickson (1966), Henle (1990), Higgins (1943), How et formally placed in a newly named genus. al. (1998), Ineich (1987, 2009, 2011), Ineich and Zug (1991), Furthermore, some obvious but previously unnamed species and Iskandar and Mumpini (2002), Jacquinot and Guichenot (1853), subspecies within relevant genera are also named according to the Kiester (1982), Klein et al. (2016), Koch (2011, 2012), Kopstein rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride et (1926), Kramer (1979), Kraus (2018), Lesson (1826, 1830), Liu-Yu al. 1999) for the first time. (1970), LiVigni (2013), Longman (1916), Macleay (1877), Manthey MATERIALS, METHODS AND RESULTS and Grossmann (1997), McCoid et al. (1995), McCoy (2006), These are inferred in both the abstract and introduction, but as a McCoy and Webber (1984), McGregor (1904), McKeown (1999), matter of trite I spell them out in a little more explicit detail. Medway (1974), Medway and Marshall (1975), Meiri et al. (2017), The available literature was examined relevant to the genus Emoia Mertens (1922, 1927, 1930), Meyer (1874), Mittleman (1952), sensu lato and other phylogentically close taxa. Morley and Winder (2015), Morrison (2003), Mys (1988), Oliver et Additional to this has been inspection of specimens as required al. (2018). Ota (2000), Parker (1925, 1936), Peters (1966), Peters and possible in order to ascertain the classification of the genera or (1864, 1871, 1874a, 1874b, 1878), Peters and Doria (1878), species within the genera, both as defined or including unnamed Procter (1923), Pyron et al. (2013), Read (1998), Reed et al. taxa when they are evident. (2007), Rehman et al. (2013), Resetar and Voris (1997), Ride et al. Available information in the form of photos of specimens with good (1999), Rodda (2015a, 2015b), Roux (1913), Sadlier and Bauer available locality data and other information was also utilized in this (1997), Sang et al. (2009), Sauvage (1879), Schmidt (1932), study. Schmidt and Burt (1930), Schwaner and Ineich (1998), Setiadi and I also note that, notwithstanding the theft of relevant materials from Hamidy (2006), Shea (2016), Siler and Brown (2010), Smith (1935, this author in an illegal armed raid on 17 August 2011, which were 1937), Steindachner (1870), Stejneger (1899), Sternfeld (1918), not returned in breach of undertakings to the court (Court of Appeal Stuart and Emmett (2006), Sy and Buday (2014), Tanner (1950), Victoria 2014 and VCAT 2015), I have made a decision to publish Taylor (1915, 1924, 1963), ter Borg (2005, 2007), Truong et al. this paper, even though it would be clearly improved if I took some (2011), Vogt (1922), Waite (1903), Wanger et al. (2011), Werner further years to get further data, (1898, 1899), Whiting et al. (2003), Wilson and Swan (2010), Zug (2012, 2013), Zug and Ineich (1995, 1997), Zug (1991), Zug et al. This is in view of the conservation significance attached to the (1989, 2011, 2012), and sources cited therein. formal recognition of unnamed taxa at all levels and on the basis that further delays may in fact put these presently unnamed or KEY POINTS ON THE TAXONOMIC DECISIONS MADE HEREIN potentially improperly assigned taxa at greater risk of extinction (as While the species descriptions below, effectively summarize the outlined by Hoser 2019a, 2019b). results of the audit of Emoia sensu lato, it is important that relevant This comment is made noting the extensive increase in human considerations in terms of most of the decisions is spelt out first. population in the relevant region and the general environmental Without exception, each named species is allopatric to their destruction across the planet as documented by Hoser (1991), nearest congener. Each is also morphologically and reproductively including low density areas without a large permanent human divergent and therefore fits the general diagnosis of being different species. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 5

Most of the taxa named as new species have also been separated probably warrant full taxonomic recognition. from one another by significant divergence in molecular studies as In terms of the Fiji Islands, Zug (1991) wrote: “E. nigra is spottedly cited above. distributed in Fiji (map 15). Old records (pre-1880 and pre- Where there has been an absence of molecular evidence, mongoose) demonstrate its former occurrence on Vanua Levu and biogeographical evidence also makes the same case for division. Viti Levu. Its extinction on the main islands likely resulted from This evidence may include isolation by water bodies, including at mongoose predation.” times of glacial maxima, competing species and other potential This justifies the need to take steps to preserve this putative barriers or eliminating factors. species throughout its range. It is also worth noting that Kadavu, Divergent, newly named and resurrected from synonymy genera the third largest island in the Fiji group still does not have can be seen appropriately placed in the published molecular mongoose, but no “E. nigra” have been reported from the island phylogenies of Zug (1999), Hamilton (2008), Zug et al. (2011), and I was unable to locate museum specimens ostensibly from Pyron et al. (2013) and Klein et al. (2016), where the relevant there. The absence from this island is interesting as it goes species groups are usually listed as “Emoia” or “Sphenomorphus”. against the trend for other Fijian reptile species groups, including The divergent species or groups simply match the new genus level for example the so-called “Emoia concolor (Duméril, 1851)” entities. species group or the “Emoia trossula Brown and Gibbons” species Within Emoia sensu lato, the various species groups are divided in group. line with the formal descriptions below and the result is self The putative species “Emoia concolor (Duméril, 1851)” and closely evident. related taxa are herein placed in the new genus Notanemoia gen. Within Emoia sensu lato numerous new species are formally nov.. The putative species “Emoia concolor (Duméril, 1851)” is named for the first time. herein split five ways based on morphological and geographical As stated already, these have obvious divergence backed by divergence of each main population in the Fiji Islands group. A previously published molecular evidence or alternatively such molecular basis for this division can also be found in Austin and divergence is supported by the biogeographical and geological Zug (1999) at page 432 and in Hamilton (2008). evidence. The morphological differences between the taxa as The putative species “Emoia parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, outlined herein, are logical by-products of the preceding. 1980” and “Emoia trossula Brown and Gibbons, 1986”, both now Genus level divisions all have a molecular basis based on cited also placed in the genus Notanemoia gen. nov. are also divided on published phylogenies of relevance. a similar basis to that for the “Emoia concolor (Duméril, 1851)” The putative species Emoia pseudocyanura Brown, 1991 is species group as just outlined. In the case of “Emoia parkeri divided into three species, two formally named for the first time, Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980”, two new related species-level evidence in support of which can be found in the phylogeny of Klein taxa are formally named for the first time. In the case of “Emoia et al. (2016) at figs 3 and 4, as well as McCoy (2006). trossula Brown and Gibbons, 1986” two new species are also formally named for the first time. The morphological divergence between the three populations of these lizards also speaks for itself. The putative taxon “Emoia flavigularis Schmidt, 1932” herein placed in the genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. is divided into two based The taxon Emoia bougainvilliensis sp. nov., formerly treated as a on morphological and geographical divergence, separated by a population of E. cyanura (Lesson, 1830), is justified on a molecular deep water barrier. basis by the evidence found in the phylogeny of Klein et al. (2016) at figs 3 and 4 and the morphological divergence of the specimens Zug and Ineich (1997) wrote: “E. caeruleocauda harbors several as well, as detailed by Brown (1991). cryptic species” and following on from this both Lygosoma cyanurum var. n. werneri Vogt, 1912:5. Type locality: “Marianen” (= The species E. boreotis also treated until now as (two) island Mariana Islands) and Lygosoma werneri triviale Schüz, 1929:7. populations of E. cyanura is shown to be different species by the Type locality: “Dore auf New Guinea” (= Dore, Japen Island, Irian molecular evidence provided by Bruna et al. (1996b). Jaya) are resurrected from synonymy and ten new species-level The species Emoia aquacauda sp. nov. has until now been treated taxa within this species complex are also formally named for the as a population of Emoia impar (Werner, 1898) and justification for first time. All are morphologically distinct, geographically separated separating the two comes again from in the phylogeny of Klein et and clearly have evolved apart for a significant time frame, al. (2016) at figs 3 and 4 as well as clear morphological divergence believed to be in excess of 2 MYA for each species defined herein. and geographical isolation by means of deep sea barriers. E. caeruleocauda De Vis, (1892) and the other twelve related The species Emoia nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853) now species are all herein placed in the newly named genus placed in the genus Emoa Girard, 1857 would until now be treated Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov.. as monotypic for this genus grouping. The putative taxon Emoia The genus Ventripallidusscincus gen. nov. is erected to nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853) is clearly by any reasonable accommodate the divergent species E. schmidti Brown 1954, assessment a species complex (as inferred by Brown 1991) and which is in turn split into two species, the second formally named this is supported by the molecular phylogeny published by Hamilton for the first time and notably separated from the first by a sea (2008). barrier not exposed by land during the last glacial maxima. It is Furthermore at page 57, Brown (1991) described “Emoia nigra” as also morphologically divergent, warranting taxonomic recognition. a “superspecies”. At page 58, Brown wrote: “Emoia nigra exhibits Numerous other species, still within the genus Emoia, generally some variation when populations from different islands are distributed on or adjacent to the Island of New Guinea are formally compared. Consideration of possible subspecies or very similar divided based on identifiable morphological divergence across sibling species is held in abeyance pending the availability of known biogeographical barriers of known antiquity, including for detailed field and possibly genetic studies.” example the central cordillera of New Guinea. Which species the That was written 27 years prior to the publication of this paper and newly named ones are most closely related to is spelt out clearly in in that time populations on some islands have been decimated each description. and/or wiped out totally as a result of human intervention by way of For the species group associated with the species Lygosoma introduced species including mongoose and cats. Rather than wait stellatus Boulenger, 1900, more recently placed in the genus another 27 years to elapse and there is still no further steps taken Sphenomorphus Fitzinger, 1843, the phlogeny of Pyron et al. to recognize various island populations as biological entities and (2013) clearly shows that it should be placed in a genus apart from being worthy of protection measures, I have taken the important any of Lygosoma Hardwickeý and ýGrayý, 1828, Sphenomorphus, step of giving five distinct island populations taxonomic recognition or Emoia. The genus Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. has been so that they may be formally identified and legally protected and erected to accommodate Sphenomorphus stellatus (Boulenger, avoid the fate of unrecognized species as identified by Hoser 1900) and three others, all until now treated by most herpetologists (2019a, 2019b). I have no doubt that other island populations also as being of a single species. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 6 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

The division of one putative species into four is justified on the gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the basis that each are allopatric and separated by well-defined following suite of characters being one or other of: biogeographical barriers of unsuitable habitat and/or competing 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 60-81; Scale rows between parietals and species, as well as significant morphological divergence between base of tail 56-64; SVL at maturity 68-115 mm; color pattern on the four populations, which indicates divergence and allopatric dorsum nearly uniform greenish, olivaceous, or brownish, marked breeding populations, by few or many small to large dark spots; head frequently marked Two of those species are formally named for the first time. by a large brownish patch; (C. sanfordi), or: In terms of the following descriptions the following points should be 2/ Snout tapered, narrowly rounded at tip; interparietal distinct, noted: long, longer than broad (rarely fused or partly fused with 1/ All descriptions of specimens in terms of form and colour relate frontoparietals); prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in to normal adult specimens of typical form for each taxon unless contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; number of otherwise stated. lamellae under fourth toe 44-60, midbody scale rows 30-34; dorsal 2/ Spellings of names assigned to taxa should not be altered in any scale rows between parietals and base of tail 62-71 (rarely less way unless mandated by the International Code of Zoological than 64); SVL at maturity 60-73 mm; color of dorsum tannish Nomenclature (Ride et al. 1999) or superseding nomenclatural green, of upper lateral surfaces darker grayish tan, marked by rules. some darker blotches; limbs tan with darker brown mottling (C. 3/ In the unlikely event a first revisor seeks to merge any taxa loyaltiensis). formally named herein, the name to be used is that of the first The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera name used in terms of page priority, also as listed in the abstract Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. keywords. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the 4/ There is no conflict of interest in terms of this paper or the following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal conclusions arrived at herein. scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal GENUS NOTANEMOIA GEN. NOV. fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:BD022E5F-7CC7-4754-99A4- color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines 1C5BCF317493 posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. Type species: Gongylus concolor Duméril, 1851 (now widely known as Emoia concolor (Duméril, 1851)). The genus Griseolaterus gen. nov. is separated from the genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. Diagnosis: The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus unique combination of characters: Midbody scale rows 36-38; gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the dorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of tail 77-84; so-called E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from fourth toe lamellae 47-53; first toe lamellae 14-17; interparietal of other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. intermediate length, longer than broad; prefrontals in relatively The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., broad contact; color pattern being a dorsal ground color of Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. greenish tan to dark chocolate-brown; lighter specimens marked and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus by some scattered dark brown flecks or small spots: upper lateral Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the surface with grayish to slate-tan or brown band, marked by row of following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout light blotches or dashes along dorsal margin. tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging other of the following 7 suites of characters: from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; sometimes pale spots or dashes. prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color This is also an effective diagnosis for the so-called Emoia of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; samoensis group. number of lamellae under fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale rows 28- 34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly uniform or The genus Notanemoia gen. nov. (type species Gongylus concolor with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or series of dark Duméril, 1851) is separated from the genera Cannotbeemoia gen. spots on the upper lateral surface (A. nigromarginata), or: nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly fused with fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; frontoparietals); interparietal also long, longer than broad; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; number of lamellae under fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale rows 30- number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65 (sometimes less in 34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform greenish to Cannotbeemoia gen. nov.); midbody scale rows 28-36; number of greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, usually forming lamellae under fourth toe 44-65; dorsal scale rows between transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, yellowish blotches parietals and base of tail 54-68. dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. aneityumensis), or: nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals in this genus are alone in adults having a dorsum that is a more-or- and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave less uniform dark brown to black or grey from snout on to the tail. suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in The genus Cannotbeemoia gen. nov. (type species Lygosoma contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913) can be separated from the moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one

pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large trossula), or: supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital Distribution: Fiji, Tonga. stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse Etymology: As said, “not an Emoia”. series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: Content: Notanemoia concolor (Duméril, 1851) (type species); N. campbelli (Brown and Gibbons, 1986); N. cathysonnemannae sp. 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color nov.; N. georgemariolisi sp. nov.; N. karlagambellae sp. nov,; N. dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale mokosariniveikau (Zug and Ineich, 1995); N. neilsonnemanni sp. rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal nov.; N. tongana (Werner, 1899). surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of GENUS CANNOTBEEMOIA GEN. NOV. fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FBFDC585-DF78-453E-8794- 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and A97FA2923C1A body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and Type species: Lygosoma samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913 now iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, widely known as Emoia loyaltiensis (Roux, 1913). spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, Diagnosis: The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or so-called E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the definition allows identification to species level in most cases. following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of sometimes pale spots or dashes. head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse This is an effective diagnosis also for the so-called Emoia markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral samoensis group. stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal The genus Notanemoia gen. nov. (type species Gongylus concolor scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and Duméril, 1851) is separated from the genera Cannotbeemoia gen. frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. 26-33. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is separated from interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly fused with all other species within the genera Emoia Gray, 1845, Notanemoia frontoparietals); interparietal also long, longer than broad; gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal bones and number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65 (sometimes less in distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate between the Cannotbeemoia gen. nov.); midbody scale rows 28-36; number of alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 premaxillary lamellae under fourth toe 44-65; dorsal scale rows between teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of other parietals and base of tail 54-68. groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as in this genus are alone in having a dorsum that is uniform dark Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by brown to black from snout onto the tail. the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in The genus Cannotbeemoia gen. nov. (type species Lygosoma movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913) can be separated from the pentadactyl. genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the However, one or both of the derived characters (window in following suite of characters being one or other of:

1/ Fourth toe lamellae 60-81; Scale rows between parietals and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground base of tail 56-64; SVL at maturity 68-115 mm; color pattern on color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; dorsum nearly uniform greenish, olivaceous, or brownish, marked number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- by few or many small to large dark spots; head frequently marked 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish by a large brownish patch; (C. sanfordi), or: marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. 2/ Snout tapered, narrowly rounded at tip; interparietal distinct, michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. long, longer than broad (rarely fused or partly fused with trossula), or: frontoparietals); prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; number of interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark lamellae under fourth toe 44-60, midbody scale rows 30-34; dorsal coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and scale rows between parietals and base of tail 62-71 (rarely less trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; than 64); SVL at maturity 60-73 mm; color of dorsum tannish dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital green, of upper lateral surfaces darker grayish tan, marked by stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse some darker blotches; limbs tan with darker brown mottling (C. series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth loyaltiensis). finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, The genus Griseolaterus gen. nov. is separated from the genera spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral unique combination of characters: Midbody scale rows 36-38; stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or dorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of tail 77-84; fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of fourth toe lamellae 47-53; first toe lamellae 14-17; interparietal of scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. intermediate length, longer than broad; prefrontals in relatively nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). broad contact; color pattern being a dorsal ground color of The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been greenish tan to dark chocolate-brown; lighter specimens marked distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer by some scattered dark brown flecks or small spots: upper lateral definition allows identification to species level in most cases. surface with grayish to slate-tan or brown band, marked by row of The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia light blotches or dashes along dorsal margin. parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, other of the following 7 suites of characters: 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral number of lamellae under fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale rows 28- stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal 34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly uniform or scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or series of dark frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody spots on the upper lateral surface (A. nigromarginata), or: 26-33. 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is separated from fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; all other species within the genera Emoia Gray, 1845, Notanemoia prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, number of lamellae underneath fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal bones and rows 30-34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate between the greenish to greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 premaxillary usually forming transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of other yellowish blotches dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera aneityumensis), or: Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly pentadactyl. fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one However, one or both of the derived characters (window in pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and

Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. by a large brownish patch; (C. sanfordi), or: Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia 2/ Snout tapered, narrowly rounded at tip; interparietal distinct, sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found long, longer than broad (rarely fused or partly fused with in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: frontoparietals); prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; number of broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large lamellae under fourth toe 44-60, midbody scale rows 30-34; dorsal supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear scale rows between parietals and base of tail 62-71 (rarely less prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much than 64); SVL at maturity 60-73 mm; color of dorsum tannish smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to green, of upper lateral surfaces darker grayish tan, marked by the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and some darker blotches; limbs tan with darker brown mottling (C. much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). loyaltiensis). Distribution: Mare and Lifou islands, Loyalty Islands, New The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera Caledonia (C. loyaltiensis) and Vanuatu (Banks Islands and New Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. Hebrides), Fauro, Toga, Tegua Islands (C. sanfordi). nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the Etymology: As said, “cannot be an Emoia”. following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal Content: Cannotbeemoia loyaltiensis (Roux, 1913) (type species); fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal C. sanfordi (Schmidt and Burt, 1930). color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines GENUS SILVAEMOIA GEN. NOV. posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:481B193A-E901-4E55-97C7- and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. 0FB5991CE4AC The genus Griseolaterus gen. nov. is separated from the genera Type species: Emoia flavigularis Schmidt, 1932. Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. Diagnosis: The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus unique combination of characters: Midbody scale rows 36-38; gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the dorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of tail 77-84; so-called E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from fourth toe lamellae 47-53; first toe lamellae 14-17; interparietal of other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. intermediate length, longer than broad; prefrontals in relatively The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., broad contact; color pattern being a dorsal ground color of Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. greenish tan to dark chocolate-brown; lighter specimens marked and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus by some scattered dark brown flecks or small spots: upper lateral Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the surface with grayish to slate-tan or brown band, marked by row of following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout light blotches or dashes along dorsal margin. tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging other of the following 7 suites of characters: from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color sometimes pale spots or dashes. of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; This is an effective diagnosis also for the so-called Emoia number of lamellae under fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale rows 28- samoensis group. 34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly uniform or The genus Notanemoia gen. nov. (type species Gongylus concolor with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or series of dark Duméril, 1851) is separated from the genera Cannotbeemoia gen. spots on the upper lateral surface (A. nigromarginata), or: nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly fused with prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color frontoparietals); interparietal also long, longer than broad; of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color number of lamellae under, fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale rows of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; 30-34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform greenish number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65 (sometimes less in to greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, usually forming Cannotbeemoia gen. nov.); midbody scale rows 28-36; number of transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, yellowish blotches lamellae under fourth toe 44-65; dorsal scale rows between dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: parietals and base of tail 54-68. 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., aneityumensis), or: Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave in this genus are alone in having a dorsum that is uniform dark suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in brown to black from snout onto the tail. contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to The genus Cannotbeemoia gen. nov. (type species Lygosoma moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913) can be separated from the fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as following suite of characters being one or other of: long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 60-81; Scale rows between parietals and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground base of tail 56-64; SVL at maturity 68-115 mm; color pattern on color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; dorsum nearly uniform greenish, olivaceous, or brownish, marked number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- by few or many small to large dark spots; head frequently marked 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 10 Australasian Journal of Herpetology marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large trossula), or: supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital Distribution: Bougainville, Papua New Guinea and the Solomon stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse Islands. series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth Etymology: Silva in Latin means forest, hence the name means finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: “forest Emoia”, in reflection of the habitat where the genus is 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color usually found. dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale Content: Silvaemoia flavigularis (Schmidt, 1932); S. robvalentici rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal sp. nov.. surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright GENUS GRISEOLATERUS GEN. NOV. yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:910DEDAA-0B25-47DC-9D02- E6C52CACAB82 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and Type species: Emoia erronan Brown, 1991. iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, Diagnosis: The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral so-called E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout definition allows identification to species level in most cases. tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk sometimes pale spots or dashes. brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of This is also an effective diagnosis for the so-called Emoia head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse samoensis group. markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral The genus Griseolaterus gen. nov. is separated from the genera stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody unique combination of characters: Midbody scale rows 36-38; 26-33. dorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of tail 77-84; The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia fourth toe lamellae 47-53; first toe lamellae 14-17; interparietal of ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is separated from intermediate length, longer than broad; prefrontals in relatively all other species within the genera Emoia Gray, 1845, Notanemoia broad contact; color pattern being a dorsal ground color of gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., greenish tan to dark chocolate-brown; lighter specimens marked Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, by some scattered dark brown flecks or small spots: upper lateral 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal bones and surface with grayish to slate-tan or brown band, marked by row of distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate between the light blotches or dashes along dorsal margin. alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 premaxillary The genus Notanemoia gen. nov. (type species Gongylus concolor teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of other Duméril, 1851) is separated from the genera Cannotbeemoia gen. groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly fused with nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as frontoparietals); interparietal also long, longer than broad; Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65 (sometimes less in pentadactyl. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov.); midbody scale rows 28-36; number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65; dorsal scale rows between These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. parietals and base of tail 54-68. However, one or both of the derived characters (window in moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia in this genus are alone in having a dorsum that is uniform dark sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found brown to black from snout onto the tail. in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include:

The genus Cannotbeemoia gen. nov. (type species Lygosoma 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913) can be separated from the interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; following suite of characters being one or other of: dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 60-81; Scale rows between parietals and stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse base of tail 56-64; SVL at maturity 68-115 mm; color pattern on series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth dorsum nearly uniform greenish, olivaceous, or brownish, marked finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: by few or many small to large dark spots; head frequently marked 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color by a large brownish patch; (C. sanfordi), or: dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale 2/ Snout tapered, narrowly rounded at tip; interparietal distinct, rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal long, longer than broad (rarely fused or partly fused with surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright frontoparietals); prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; number of fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: lamellae under fourth toe 44-60, midbody scale rows 30-34; dorsal 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and scale rows between parietals and base of tail 62-71 (rarely less body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and than 64); SVL at maturity 60-73 mm; color of dorsum tannish iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, green, of upper lateral surfaces darker grayish tan, marked by spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, some darker blotches; limbs tan with darker brown mottling (C. lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark loyaltiensis). dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines definition allows identification to species level in most cases. posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, other of the following 7 suites of characters: 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral number of lamellae under fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale rows 28- stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal 34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly uniform or scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or series of dark frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody spots on the upper lateral surface (A. nigromarginata), or: 26-33. 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is separated from fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; all other species within the genera Emoia Gray, 1845, Notanemoia prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, number of lamellae under fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale rows 30- 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal bones and 34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform greenish to distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate between the greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, usually forming alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 premaxillary transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, yellowish blotches teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of other dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera aneityumensis), or: Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly pentadactyl. fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one However, one or both of the derived characters (window in pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large trossula), or: supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 12 Australasian Journal of Herpetology prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish Distribution: Futuna Island, Vanuatu and nearby islands. marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. Etymology: The name comes from the Latin which means grey michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. sides, in reflection of the colour of the relevant lizards. trossula), or: Content: Griseolaterus erronan (Brown, 1991). 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark GENUS AINTEMOIA GEN. NOV. coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:6A6A2AF8-C609-4984-A7E0- trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; DE51DAAB1D84 dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital Type species: Gongylus (Eumeces) samoensis Duméril and stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse Bibron, 1851. series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth Diagnosis: The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale so-called E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been sometimes pale spots or dashes. distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer This is an effective diagnosis also for the so-called Emoia definition allows identification to species level in most cases. samoensis group. The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., other of the following 7 suites of characters: Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse number of lamellae underneath fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral rows 28-34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal uniform or with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and series of dark spots on the upper lateral surface (A. frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody nigromarginata), or: 26-33. 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals The genus Griseolaterus gen. nov. is separated from the genera and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color unique combination of characters: Midbody scale rows 36-38; of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; dorsal scale rows between the parietals and the base of tail 77-84; number of lamellae under fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale rows 30- fourth toe lamellae 47-53; first toe lamellae 14-17; interparietal of 34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform greenish to intermediate length, longer than broad; prefrontals in relatively greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, usually forming broad contact; color pattern being a dorsal ground color of transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, yellowish blotches greenish tan to dark chocolate-brown; lighter specimens marked dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: by some scattered dark brown flecks or small spots: upper lateral 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. surface with grayish to slate-tan or brown band, marked by row of Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. light blotches or dashes along dorsal margin. aneityumensis), or: The genus Notanemoia gen. nov. (type species Gongylus concolor 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals Duméril, 1851) is separated from the genera Cannotbeemoia gen. and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly fused with fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and frontoparietals); interparietal also long, longer than broad; narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and number of lamellae under fourth toe 44-65 (sometimes less in

Cannotbeemoia gen. nov.); midbody scale rows 28-36; number of Distribution: Western and American Samoa, Cook Islands, lamellae under fourth toe 44-65; dorsal scale rows between Vanuatu (including Santo, Pentecost, Malakula, Ambrym, Epi, parietals and base of tail 54-68. Efate, and Anatom), New Hebrides, Tonga Islands, Rotuma (Fiji), The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is Fiji Islands including Kadavu, Viti Levu, Taveuni, Taveuni, Rotuma separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., Island (Fiji). Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. Etymology: “Aint: is Australian slang for “is not”, hence the name nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens “Aint-Emoia” as said literally means, “is not Emoia”. in this genus are alone in having a dorsum that is uniform dark Content: Aintemoia samoensis (Duméril and Bibron, 1851) (type brown to black from snout onto the tail. species); A. aneityumensis (Medway, 1974); A. dannygoodwini sp. The genus Cannotbeemoia gen. nov. (type species Lygosoma nov.; A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.; A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov.; A. samoense loyaltiensis Roux, 1913) can be separated from the mokolahi (Zug, Ineich, Pregill and Hamilton, 2012); A. genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia nigromarginata (Roux, 1913); A. oriva Zug, (2012); A. parkeri gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the (Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980); A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. following suite of characters being one or other of: trossula (Brown and Gibbons, 1986); A. tuitarere (Zug, Hamilton 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 60-81; Scale rows between parietals and and Austin, 2011). base of tail 56-64; SVL at maturity 68-115 mm; color pattern on SUBGENUS PARAEMOIA SUBGEN. NOV. dorsum nearly uniform greenish, olivaceous, or brownish, marked LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:05067961-F476-4836-A2F3- by few or many small to large dark spots; head frequently marked C8DB0A8A2B78 by a large brownish patch; (C. sanfordi), or: Type species: Emoia parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980. 2/ Snout tapered, narrowly rounded at tip; interparietal distinct, Diagnosis: The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species long, longer than broad (rarely fused or partly fused with Emoia parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the frontoparietals); prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species contact; ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; number of within the genera Emoia, Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia lamellae under fourth toe 44-60, midbody scale rows 30-34; dorsal gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus scale rows between parietals and base of tail 62-71 (rarely less gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the following suite of than 64); SVL at maturity 60-73 mm; color of dorsum tannish characters: Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head green, of upper lateral surfaces darker grayish tan, marked by and body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and some darker blotches; limbs tan with darker brown mottling (C. iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, loyaltiensis). spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal scales around midbody 26-33. fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal The genus Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from the genera color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by one or and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. other of the following 7 suites of characters: The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia 1/ Fourth toe lamellae 38-44; dorsal scale rows between parietals ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is separated from and base of tail 52-72; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly all other species within the genera Emoia Gray, 1845, Notanemoia fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 52-118 mm; 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal bones and number of lamellae below fourth toe 38-44; midbody scale rows distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate between the 28-34; color pattern: dorsum greenish or grayish, nearly uniform or alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 premaxillary with dark flecks or spots; blackish lateral bands or series of dark teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of other spots on the upper lateral surface (A. nigromarginata), or: groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, 2/ Fourth toe lamellae 45-65; dorsal scale rows between parietals including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. and base of tail 54-68; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad; Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; ground color nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 78-118 mm; Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by number of lamellae under fourth toe 45-65; midbody scale rows 30- the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in 34 (usually 32); color pattern: dorsum nearly uniform greenish to movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, greenish tan, or with brownish to blackish spots, usually forming pentadactyl. transverse bands (tiger pattern); without large, yellowish blotches These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. dorsolaterally (A. samoensis), or: However, one or both of the derived characters (window in 3/ Dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 72-84. moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize Fourth toe lamellae 36-42; midbody scale rows 40-42 (A. some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and aneityumensis), or: Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. 4/ Fourth toe lamellae 43-55; dorsal scale rows between parietals Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly concave sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader anteriorly, in in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly separated to (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely fused or partly broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer than broad and supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly in contact; one prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, to nearly as smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with first and the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; ground much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 14 Australasian Journal of Herpetology color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66-108 mm; smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; Midbody scale rows 32- the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and 40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum usually brownish much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes (A. Etymology: Para in Latin means near or almost and hence the full michaelguiheneufi sp. nov., A. mokolahi, A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. subgenus name means “almost Emoia”. trossula), or: Content: Cannotbeemoia (Paraemoia) parkeri (Brown, Pernetta 5/ Number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 62-67; and Watling, 1980) (type species); A. dannygoodwini sp. nov.; A. interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color dark latishadarwinae sp. nov.. coppery brown to medium brown dorsally and laterally, neck and GENUS CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS GEN. NOV. trunk with transverse series of dark brown irregular-shaped bars; LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:46EE6971-2499-40D4-B135- dark bars medium sized and numerous, dark brown postorbital BFE98397F89B stripe or spot on rear of head and usually on neck; transverse series of bright yellow streaks on neck and trunk; number of fourth Type species: Mocoa caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892. finger lamellae 34-42, (A. oriva), or: Diagnosis: The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until 6/ Interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; ground color now been treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes dark coppery brown to medium brown, number of middorsal scale the so-called superspecies known until now as Emoia rows 59-71 and number of fourth finger lamellae 28-42; dorsal caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this surface of trunk boldly marked with transverse series of bright taxon as recognized to date is treated as a composite of several yellow streaks on background of numerous dark bars; number of species. All are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the fourth toe lamellae 50-65, (A. tuitarere), or: other genera formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale 7/ Dorsum not uniformly dark; dorsal ground color of head and rows between parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows body in shades of olive, tan or medium to light brown and 22-44. Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and iridescent; if ground color of trunk brown, sides with darker bars, higher. Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth spots or stripes; ground color of head and body tan, brown or olive, toe lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for lateral pattern of sparse markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color dorsolateral and lateral stripes and greenish bronze vertebral pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in stripe, number of middorsal scales from nape to base of tail 72 or life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue fewer; interparietal and frontoparietal scales separate; number of of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint scales around midbody 26-33, (A. parkeri, A. dannygoodwini sp. or absent (modified from Brown 1991). nov., A. latishadarwinae sp. nov.). Distribution: Not properly determined, but believed to include The The preceding diagnosis for Aintemoia gen. nov. could have been Marianas. Carolines. Marshalls, Palaus and Fiji in the Pacific Basin distilled significantly to about two character suites, but the longer region, and Vanuatu. Solomons. Bismarcks, New Guinea. definition allows identification to species level in most cases. Moluccas, Celebes, and at least northern Borneo and southern The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Philippines (Brown, 1991). Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. Etymology: Caeruleocaudascincus in Latin literally means blue and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the so-called tailed skink. E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from other species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. Content: Caeruleocaudascincus caeruleocauda (De Vis, 1892) (type species); C. brettbarnetti sp. nov., C. clivebennetti sp. nov.; The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., C. craigbennetti sp. nov.; C. danielbenneti sp. nov.; C. drubennetti Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. sp. nov.; C. jaibennetti sp. nov.; C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov.; C. and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus lucybennettae sp. nov.; C. stevebennetti sp. nov.; C. triviale Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the (Schüz, 1929); C. werneri (Vogt,1912); C. williambennetti sp. nov.. following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; GENUS VENTRIPALLIDUSCINCUS GEN. NOV. midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FCA3E8DC-8B8F-474B-A893- lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; DAC39B50661B frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging Type species: Emoia schmidti Brown, 1953. from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye Diagnosis: The genus Ventripallidusscincus gen. nov. has until present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from now been treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with only the species until now known as Emoia schmidti Brown, 1953 darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and and the species Ventripallidusscincus graysonoconnori sp. nov. sometimes pale spots or dashes. until now treated as a population of the former. Both are readily Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera formally Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. described in this paper by the following unique suite of characters: nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as Premaxillary teeth 11; Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by shorter and higher.Nasal bones not fused; palate beta-type; scale the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in rows between parietals and base of tail 49-64; interparietal fused movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, with frontoparietals. Pale, narrow middorsal stripe absent from pentadactyl. head and usually from body (if present on body, grayish tan to These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. golden light brown in colour, not less than two scale rows in However, one or both of the derived characters (window in breadth and not well-defined on the upper edge). Midbody scale moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize rows 30-36; number of thin, bladelike fourth toe lamellae is 69-83; some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and ground color of middorsal region (two full-scale rows and two half- Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. scale rows) grayish tan to golden light brown, which merges Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia anteriorly with the bronze-brown of the neck and head. The narrow, sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found pale dorsolateral stripes begin in the supraciliary region; upper in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: lateral surfaces dark brown to blackish with scattered pale scales. (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than The tail is grey to blue-green and with darker markings which in broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large Ventripallidusscincus graysonoconnori sp. nov. forms a pattern of supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear paired spots (modified from Brown 1991). prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 15

Distribution: New Georgia and associated smaller islands in the Type species: Shireenhoserscincus shireenhoserae sp. nov. (this Solomons. paper). Etymology: Ventripallidusscincus in Latin means pale bellied Diagnosis: Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. as a genus includes skink. the putative species Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 and in Content: Ventripallidusscincus schmidti (Brown, 1953) (type effect includes that putative species only as recognized to date by species); V. graysonoconnori sp. nov. (this paper). authors who have reviewed the species complex, including most SUBGENUS AQUILONARIEMOIA SUBGEN. NOV. importantly Taylor, 1963 and more recently Bacon (1967) as well as Stuart and Emmett (2006). That putative species is herein split four LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:26BE9B1E-AF5D-4960-A6B5- ways, using two existing names and formally naming two other 26E4F8829D1F species for the first time, based on well-established geographical Type species: Emoia ponapea Kiester, 1982. disjuncture of populations combined with significant morphological Diagnosis: The subgenus Aquilonariemoia subgen. nov. (type divergence between each, further separated by significant long- species Emoia ponapea Kiester, 1982) within the genus Emoia is term habitat and competing species boundaries. separated from all other species within the genera Emoia, The genus Sphenomorphus sensu lato Strauch 1887 is a Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. paraphyletic assemblage of species diagnosed as follows: lacking nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa supranasal scales, has a deeply sunk tympanum, five digits on Girard, 1857 by the following suite of characters: Unfused nasal both limbs, fewer than 30 subdigital lamellae on the fourth toe, two bones and distinct parietal eye; a palate somewhat intermediate rows of supradigital scales on the fourth toe, inner preanal scales between the alpha and beta types and the unique feature of 13 overlapping the outer preanal scales and lower eyelids composed premaxillary teeth rather than 11, which is otherwise characteristic of multiple small scales (Lim 1998; Taylor 1963). of other groups of species referred to the genus Emoia sensu lato, This diagnosis also applies to Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov.. including the genera and subgenera formally named herein. Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. is however separated from The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Sphenomorphus and therefore diagnosed as separate, by having Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. an external ear opening present; 22-24 mid-body scale rows; two and Emoa Girard, 1857 were all formerly included in the so-called median rows of dorsal scales that are distinctly widened as E. samoensis group and are defined and separated from other opposed to the other dorsal scale; an absence of white edges to species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 below. the free margins of the upper and lower eyelids; adpressed limbs The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., overlapping; convex rostral; a pair of enlarged preanal scales; Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. bronze-brown coloration above, with scattered, light-colored spots; and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus black spots forming vertebral and dorsolateral longitudinal stripes Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the on body; black spots on upper and lower lips; and tail lighter in following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout coloration than body, with narrow, transverse, black bands not tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; connecting ventrally. midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital The species described as Lygosoma annamiticum Boettger, 1901 lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; Type locality: Phuc-son (Vietnam), since synonymised with frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging “Spenomorphus stellatus” is in fact a separate and geographically from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye disjunct species. It is differentiated from the latter by reddish, as present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from opposed to bluish iris in life and a dorsal pattern including mottled greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with black pigment down the midline tending to form an ill-defined and darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and irregular shaped line, versus no such arrangement in S. stellatus sometimes pale spots or dashes. and for other diagnostic differences and reasons given elsewhere Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera in this paper or in Table 1, at the top of page 28 of Bacon (1967). Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. Two other species in the genus, formerly treated as conspecific nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as with “Spenomorphus stellatus” are formally named for the first time Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by in this paper and included in this genus. the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in The four species, now comprising the total in this newly named movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, genus are readily separated from one another by the comparative pentadactyl. diagnostic characters published in Table 1, at the top of page 28 of These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. Bacon (1967), under the headings “South Viet Nam”, “Thailand”, However, one or both of the derived characters (window in “Borneo” and “Malaya”, the first and fourth of these coresponding moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize to two previously named species and the other two columns some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and corresponding to the two species named in this paper. Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. Distribution: Vietnam, Thailand, Cambodia, Peninsular Malaysia, Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia Borneo. sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found Etymology: The name Shireenhoserscincus literally means in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: Shireen Hoser Skink, named in honour of my wife, Shireen Hoser (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than in recognition of many years important wildlife conservation work. broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large The gender assignment is intended as in Australian slang terms it supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear is said that this woman has “balls”. prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much Content: Shireenhoserscincus stellatus (Boulenger, 1900) (type smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to species); S. annamiticum (Boettger, 1901); S. daranini sp. nov. the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and (this paper); S. shireenhoserae sp. nov. (this paper). much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). EMOIA KIMANIADILBODENI SP. NOV. Etymology: Aquilonaris means northern in Latin. Hence Aquilonariemoia translates roughly as northern Emoia in reflection LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:89409DCF-AEF5-465E-89AF- of the northern distribution of the subgenus. 9BC392AD0ADE Content: Cannotbeemoia (Aquilonariemoia) ponapea (Kiester, Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural 1982) (monotypic). History, London, UK, specimen number: 1984.994 collected from Mt. Nok, Waigeo Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. This facility allows GENUS SHIREENHOSERSCINCUS GEN. NOV. access to its holdings. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:9537C64A-FB53-420C-B282- Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural 470F815C23E2 Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. History, London, UK, specimen number: 1984.995 collected from Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 16 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

Mt. Nok, Waigeo Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Island, Madang Province, Papua New Guinea, has until now been Diagnosis: Emoia kimaniadilbodeni sp. nov. from Mount Nok, treated as an insular population of Emoia obscura (de Jong, 1927) Waigeo Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia is similar in most respects to as defined by Brown (1991). However it is most readily separated Emoia oribata Brown, 1953, to which it would key out as using the from E. obscura and the similar newly described species E. diagnosis in Brown (1991). tonylovelinayi sp. nov. on the basis that the dorsum has numerous However E. kimaniadilbodeni sp. nov. differ in color pattern from spots arranged in a relatively indistinct pattern, versus only a few that typical of all other similar or closely related species including spots on dorsum in E. obscura and E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. as E. oribata. They lack the distinctive mottled pattern on the sides of well as a yellowish white venter, versus greyish white venter in E. the neck and flanks typical of E. oribata Brown, 1953 and they lack obscura and E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov.. the dorsal, transverse banded pattern typical of E. oribata. Brown (1991), in table 4 on page 25, showed statistically significant differences between Emoia karkarensis sp. nov. (identified as a They have more prominent whitish spots on the side of the neck population of E. obscura), E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. from Central and anterior flanks than does the similar E. tropidolepis Province, PNG, (also identified as a population of E. obscura) and (Boulenger, 1914) and also lack the pale dorsolateral line, which is E. obscura sensu stricto (treated herein as the entirety of that common for that species. E. kimaniadilbodeni sp. nov. is further species-level taxon) from Irian Jaya in terms of counts of dorsal diagnosed by having distinct nuchals and three to five strong keels scale rows, mid-body scale rows and the position of the upper on the dorsal scales, which distinguish them from E. callisticta labial under the eye (5 or 6). (Peters and Doria, 1878). Premaxillary teeth number about 11; dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 39-87; In summary, E. karkarensis sp. nov. averages a statistically midbody scale rows 22-44, large parietal scale is absent, sixth significantly lower average count for mid-body and dorsal scale upper labial is enlarged and under the eye. rows than the other two species, based on sizeable samples. Distribution: Known only from the type locality, Mt. Nok, Waigeo E. obscura has the sixth upper labial connecting with the eye, Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. versus the fifth in both E. karkarensis sp. nov. and E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov.. Etymology: Named in honour of Kimani Adil Boden, a human rights lawyer based in Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. See the full E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. shares the same dorsal colouration as E. etymology in Hoser (2018a). obscura, separating it from E.karkarensis sp. nov., other than the obvious small spots on the limbs, which it shares with E. EMOIA TIMDALEI SP. NOV. karkarensis sp. nov., in turn separating it from E. obscura. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:04178ADB-6282-49D4-9BD3- Distribution: Emoia karkarensis sp. nov. is known only from Kar AB1CD9277658 Kar Island, Madang Province, Papua New Guinea. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural Etymology: Named in reflection of where this taxon is known to History, London, UK, specimen number 1984.991 collected from occur, namely Kar Kar Island, Papua New Guinea. Mount Baduri, Japen (AKA Yapen) Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. This facility allows access to its holdings. EMOIA TONYLOVELINAYI SP. NOV. Diagnosis: Emoia timdalei sp. nov. is separated from all other LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:5BC8FB50-8FD7-4D74-9C4D- similar species in the genus Emoia Gray, 1845 in the so-called 81B436A192AF “baudini” species group, as defined by Brown (1991) at pages 15- Holotype: A preserved specimen in the American Museum of 17, by the following unique combination of characters: Head and Natural History, New York, USA, specimen number AMNH 74060, snout moderately tapered and depressed; dorsal scales smooth; collected at Cape Vogel, Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea, Latitude midbody scale rows 31-42; dorsal scale rows 42-68; subdigital 9.67 S., Longitude 150.02 E. lamellae under fourth toe rounded, numbering 23-48; interparietal This facility allows access to its holdings. fused with frontoparietal (rarely separated); anterior loreal shorter Paratypes: 9 preserved specimens in the American Museum of and higher than posterior; sixth upper labial enlarged and beneath Natural History, New York, USA, specimen numbers AMNH 74030, eye; nasal bones fused; parietal eye absent; palate alpha type; 74154, 74160, 74172, 74183, 74196, 74207, 74252 and 74316 dorsal ground color iridescent tan, or olive brown with or without collected at Cape Vogel, Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea, Latitude darker markings including on neck not including white spots on the 9.67 S., Longitude 150.02 E. lower side of neck; lateral surfaces usually with a darker band. The Diagnosis: Emoia karkarensis sp. nov. known only from Kar Kar preceding suite of characters also separates this species from all Island, Madang Province, Papua New Guinea, has until now been other species within Emoia as defined herein (this paper), as well treated as an insular population of Emoia obscura (de Jong, 1927) as the genera formally named for the first time within this paper, as defined by Brown (1991). However it is most readily separated that included species previously placed within Emoia sensu lato or from E. obscura and the similar species Emoia tonylovelinayi sp. within Emoia as defined by Brown (1991). nov. on the basis that the dorsum has numerous spots arranged in Distribution: Known only from the type locality of Mount Baduri, a relatively indistinct pattern, versus only a few spots on dorsum in Japen Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. E. obscura and E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. as well as a yellowish Etymology: Named in honour of Tim Dale of Warrandyte, Victoria, white venter, versus greyish white venter in E. obscura and E. Australia in recognition for his services to downhill snow skiing and tonylovelinayi sp. nov.. snowboarding in Australia. Brown (1991), in table 4 on page 25, showed statistically significant EMOIA KARKARENSIS SP. NOV. differences between Emoia karkarensis sp. nov. (identified as a LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3949E073-6BCA-4A92-8F8D- population of E. obscura), E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. from Central 97C7D8C1B8BE Province, PNG, (also identified as a population of E. obscura) and E. obscura sensu stricto (treated herein as the entirety of that Holotype: A preserved specimen in the Australian Museum, species-level taxon) from Irian Jaya in terms of counts of dorsal Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number R.24708 scale rows, mid-body scale rows and the position of the upper collected at Miak, Karkar Island, Madang District, Papua New labial under the eye (5 or 6). Guinea, Latitude 4.60 S., Longitude 145.90 E. The Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia allows access to its In summary, E. karkarensis sp. nov. averages a statistically holdings. significantly lower average count for mid-body and dorsal scale rows than the other two species, based on sizeable samples. Paratypes: 31 preserved specimens in the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen numbers R24713- E. obscura has the sixth upper labial connecting with the eye, 14, R24716-17, R24755, R24935-41, R25408, R25538, R25675- versus the fifth in both E. karkarensis sp. nov. and E. tonylovelinayi 76, R25724, R26726, R25106-07, R25200, R25210, R25594-95, sp. nov.. R25600, R25644, R25759, R26023, R28861-62 and R28874. E. tonylovelinayi sp. nov. shares the same dorsal colouration as E. Diagnosis: Emoia karkarensis sp. nov. known only from Kar Kar obscura, separating it from E.karkarensis sp. nov., other than the Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 17

obvious small spots on the limbs, which it shares with E. populations previously referred to as E. veracunda Brown, 1953 karkarensis sp. nov., in turn separating it from E. obscura. from west of Japen Island (inclusive) in Irian Jaya and either north Distribution: Island New Guinea, generally west of the Huon of the central cordillera or in the Vogelkop region and immediately Peninsula, including, Morobe, Northern Province, Central Province adjacent islands. Specimens from the east of Irian Jaya and and Milne Bay. northern Papua New Guinea, and the far east of New Guinea Etymology: Named in honour of Tony Love-Linay of Taylors referred to as E. veracunda remain as that species. Specimens Lakes, Victoria, Australia and also Albury-Woodonga, Australia and referred to as E. veracunda from the Mimika and Otakwa his fantastic staff at Reconnect Telecommunications, who runs a drainages in southern Irian Jaya are now referred to as the new network of mobile phone stores across southern New South Wales species E. euanedwardsi sp. nov.. and Victoria in recognition of his assistances to the local Etymology: Named in honour of well-known German snake community and their telecommunications needs, various overseas breeder and businessman, Stefen Broghammer, who happens to charities he works with and assisting Snakebusters, Australia’s be the world’s foremost expert on “Ball Pythons”, usually referred best reptiles shows with logistical support for their ongoing wildlife to as “Python regius (Shaw, 1802)” in recognition to his services to conservation and research programmes in south-east Australia, conservation spanning many decades. The genus Broghammerus including via telecommunications support, printing and copying. On (for the Reticulated and Timor Pythons) was also named in his one occasion Tony Love-Linay did emergency motor vehicle honour. The name “Malayopython” later coined by Wolfgang repairs to a severely immobilized Toyota Land Cruiser that he Wuster and his gang of thieves is an illegal junior synonym and meticulously removed the engine from, pulled apart into numerous should not be used. fragments laid across the floor of the lounge of the Snakeman’s The originally published papers naming “Malayopython”, being house and then diligently re-assembled in working order. published in several non-identical forms explicitly breached Article EMOIA ANGGIGIDAENSIS SP. NOV. 8.1.3 of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride et LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:894854B9-20D8-4C89-BD5A- al. 1999) and is therefore not an available name under the Code. 9340C8BBC1E9 EMOIA EUANEDWARDSI SP. NOV. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the The Bernice Pauahi LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0D3964D1-CB9C-47A6-9AFD- Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, specimen number: BPBM D783B7AA4BD5 6880, collected at Kampong Surerei, Anggi Gida Lake, Irian Jaya, Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural History Indonesia, Latitude 1.36 S., Longitude 133.86 E. This facility allows in London, UK, specimen number BMNH 1913.10.31.155-164.a-e access to its holdings. collected at Mimika River, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Paratypes: 30 preserved specimens at the The Bernice Pauahi This facility allows access to its holdings. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, specimen numbers Diagnosis: Emoia stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. has until now been BPBM 6881-95, 6897-916, 6918, 6921-22, 6924-25, collected at referred to as a western population of Emoia veracunda Brown, Anggi Gida Lake, Irian Jaya, Indonesia, Latitude 1.36 S., Longitude 1953, as diagnosed by Brown (1991) at page 26. It is however 133.86 E. readily separated from E. veracunda by having 46-49 dorsal scale Diagnosis: Emoia anggigidaensis sp. nov. known only from the rows, versus 43-45 in E. veracunda. E. stefanbroghammeri sp. immediate vicinity of the type locality at Anggi Gida Lake, Irian nov. is further separated from E. veracunda by having 35-37 fourth Jaya, Indonesia has until now been treated as a regional and toe lamellae, versus 31-33 in E. veracunda. divergent population of Emoia bogerti (Brown, 1953) as defined by Emoia euanedwardsi sp. nov. from the Mimika and Otakwa Brown (1991). It is however readily separated from that species drainages in southern Irian Jaya are similar in most respects to E. from further east in Irian Barat by lower counts for midbody and stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. (see above), including by having 46- dorsal scale rows. These are 30-31 midbody scale rows in E. 49 dorsal scale rows, but are separated from that species and E. anggigidaensis sp. nov. versus 32-33 in E. bogerti from the type veracunda by having 34 fourth toe lamellae. locality of that taxon and the nearby areas it occurs, being Wissel Distribution: Emoia stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. includes all Lakes and Baliem areas in Irian Jaya. E. anggigidaensis sp. nov. populations previously referred to as E. veracunda Brown, 1953 has 56-58 dorsal scale rows versus 59-60 in E. bogerti. from west of Japen Island (inclusive) in Irian Jaya and either north Distribution: Emoia anggigidaensis sp. nov. is known only from of the central cordillera or in the Vogelkop region and immediately the immediate vicinity of the type locality at Anggi Gida Lake, Irian adjacent islands. Specimens from the east of Irian Jaya and Jaya, Indonesia. northern New Guinea, and the far east of New Guinea referred to Etymology: Named in reflection of where the species occurs, as E. veracunda remain as that species. Specimens referred to as namely Anggi Gida Lake in Irian Jaya (noting that the spelling of E. veracunda from the Mimika and Otakwa drainages in southern the locality is subject to variation). Irian Jaya are now referred to as the new species E. euanedwardsi EMOIA STEFANBROGHAMMERI SP. NOV. sp. nov.. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:6BC6BA3F-293A-43B3-9DE2- Etymology: Named in honour of well-known Australian 40183B8C6A9D herpetologist, Euan Edwards of the Gold Coast in Queensland, Australia for services to wildlife conservation and herpetology Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural History spanning some decades, including by way of significant fieldwork in London, UK, specimen number BMNH 1984.912.945 collected in various parts of the world including Africa, Madagascar, Australia at Mount Nok, Waigeo Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. and the United States of America. This facility allows access to its holdings. EMOIA MARTINMULVANYI SP. NOV. Diagnosis: Emoia stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. has until now been LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:B9C9BD65-D3A3-4032-A8E6- referred to as a western population of Emoia veracunda Brown, 6263462119B4 1953, as diagnosed by Brown (1991) at page 26. It is however readily separated from E. veracunda by having 46-49 dorsal scale Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural History rows, versus 43-45 in E. veracunda. E. stefanbroghammeri sp. in London, UK, specimen number 1984.907-909 collected at Mount nov. is further separated from E. veracunda by having 35-37 fourth Nok, Waigeo Island, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. toe lamellae, versus 31-33 in E. veracunda. This facility allows access to its holdings. Emoia euanedwardsi sp. nov. from the Mimika and Otakwa Diagnosis: Both Emoia martinmulvanyi sp. nov. and E. drainages in southern Irian Jaya are similar in most respects to E. paulmulvanyi sp. nov. have until now been treated as populations stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. (see above), including by having 46- of E. klossi (Boulenger, 1914) as diagnosed by Brown (1991). 49 dorsal scale rows, but are separated from that species and E. All three species are unique in the so-called E. baudini (Duméril veracunda by having 34 fourth toe lamellae. and Bibron, 1839) group of species group by their significantly Distribution: Emoia stefanbroghammeri sp. nov. includes all larger adult size and relatively longer limbs as detailed by Brown

(1991). The three species are also different from the rest in the the Cordillera in Southern Highlands, Western Highlands and species group in that the seventh upper labial is enlarged and Western Provinces in Papua New Guinea is readily separated from below the eye, as opposed to number 5 or 6 in all other species. E. loveridgei by having 51-58 dorsal scale rows, versus 45-50 Emoia martinmulvanyi sp. nov. is separated from the other two (rarely higher) in E. loveridgei. species by the presence of very slight keels (absent in the other E. loveridgei is readily separated from the other two species by two). E. paulmulvanyi sp. nov. is separated from E. klossi by having a head and tail noticeably darker in colour than the rest of having 44-46 fourth toe lamellae, versus 42 in E. klossi and 32-34 the body, versus not so in the other two species. E. jamesbondi sp. midbody scale rows versus 30 in E. klossi. nov. from the north side of the central cordillera, south-east of the Distribution: Emoia martinmulvanyi sp. nov. is currently known Huon Peninsula in Papua New Guinea is separated from both E. only from Waigeo Island Irian Jaya, Indonesia. E. paulmulvanyi sp. loveridgei and E. paulwoolfi sp. nov. by the presence of a thick, nov. is known only from the East Sepik Province in the north of well defined white-lateral line on the lower flank, bounded on the Papua New Guinea. E. klossi is currently only known from the upper side by blackish-brown versus somewhat thinner and less Utakwa River area south of the central cordillera in Irian Jaya. well defined and bounded by dark brown in the other two species. Etymology: Named in honour of Martin Mulvany of Blackburn, E. jamesbondi sp. nov. also has distinct irregular light markings on Victoria, Australia, owner of “One Man’s Trash” in recognition to his the limbs, not seen in either E. loveridgei and E. paulwoolfi sp. services to wildlife conservation through his logistical assistances nov.. E. jamesbondi sp. nov. is depicted in life in Brown (1991) to Snakebusters, Australia’s best reptile shows in Melbourne, page 30 at top. Australia. Distribution: E. paulwoolfi sp. nov. is confined to the region south EMOIA PAULMULVANYI SP. NOV. of the Cordillera in Southern Highlands, Western Highlands and LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:32B437C0-AAD2-4F1C-8151- Western Provinces in Papua New Guinea. 9B0D60E78D57 Etymology: Named in honour of Paul Woolf of Walloon in Holotype: A preserved specimen at the American Museum of Queensland, Australia for services to herpetology spanning many Natural History in New York, USA, specimen number R100274 decades, including as foundation president of the Herpetological collected at Mount Nibo, East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Society of Queensland Incorporated. He also performed a valuable role in facilitating the legalization of private ownership of reptiles in This facility allows access to its holdings. Australia post-dating a 20 year period in which it was effectively Diagnosis: Both Emoia paulmulvanyi sp. nov. and E. banned in Australia (1973-1993). martinmulvanyi sp. nov. have until now been treated as populations EMOIA JAMESBONDI SP. NOV. of E. klossi (Boulenger, 1914) as diagnosed by Brown (1991). LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0F19ED2A-57A1-4CF9-8C62- All three species are unique in the so-called E. baudini (Duméril F7BEB5D45AF2 and Bibron, 1839) group of species group by their significantly larger adult size and relatively longer limbs as detailed by Brown Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in (1991). The three species are also different from the rest in the Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number R.80865 species group in that the seventh upper labial is enlarged and collected at Bulolo, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea Latitude below the eye, as opposed to number 5 or 6 in all other species. 7.11 S., Longitude 146.39 E. Emoia paulmulvanyi sp. nov. is separated from E. klossi by having This facility allows access to its holdings. 44-46 fourth toe lamellae, versus 42 in E. klossi and 32-34 Paratypes: 1/ A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in midbody scale rows versus 30 in E. klossi. E. martinmulvanyi sp. Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number R.80866 nov. is separated from the other two species by the presence of collected at Bulolo, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea Latitude very slight keels (absent in the other two). 7.11 S., Longitude 146.39 E. Distribution: Emoia paulmulvanyi sp. nov. is known only from the 2/ A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in Sydney, East Sepik Province in the north of Papua New Guinea. E. New South Wales, Australia, specimen number R.64542 collected martinmulvanyi sp. nov. is currently only known from Waigeo Island at Wau, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea, Latitude 7.20 S., Irian Jaya, Indonesia. E. klossi is currently only known from the Longitude 146.43 E. Utakwa River area south of the central cordillera in Irian Jaya. Diagnosis: Both Emoia jamesbondi sp. nov. and Emoia paulwoolfi Etymology: Named in honour of Paul Mulvany of Blackburn, sp. nov. have until now been treated as populations of Emoia Victoria, Australia in recognition to his services to wildlife loveridgei Brown (1953) as defined by Brown (1991). E. loveridgei conservation through his logistical assistances to Snakebusters, is herein restricted to the region north-west of the Huon Peninsula, Australia’s best reptile shows in Melbourne, Australia, including north of the central cordillera, through northern Papua New Guinea through emergency repairs to the reptile breeding facility as and nearby parts of Irian Jaya. E. paulwoolfi sp. nov. from south of required. See also Hoser (2012) at pages 71-72. the Cordillera in Southern Highlands, Western Highlands and EMOIA PAULWOOLFI SP. NOV. Western Provinces in Papua New Guinea is readily separated from E. loveridgei by having 51-58 dorsal scale rows, versus 45-50 LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:EC470A11-C281-4D7F-9F6B- (rarely higher) in E. loveridgei. 97FF44A03C29 E. loveridgei is readily separated from the other two species by Holotype: A preserved specimen at the California Academy of having a head and tail noticeably darker in colour than the rest of Sciences, San Francisco, USA, specimen number CAS HERP the body, versus not so in the other two species. E. jamesbondi sp. 107754 collected at Mendi in the Southern Highlands Province, nov. from the north side of the central cordillera, south-east of the Papua New Guinea, Latitude 6.14 S., Longitude 143.66 E. Huon Peninsula in Papua New Guinea is separated from both E. This facility allows access to its holdings. loveridgei and E. paulwoolfi sp. nov. by the presence of a thick, Paratypes: 5 preserved specimens at the California Academy of well defined white-lateral line on the lower flank, bounded on the Sciences, San Francisco, USA, specimen number CAS HERP upper side by blackish-brown versus somewhat thinner and less 107756-107760 collected at Mendi in the Southern Highlands well defined and bounded by dark brown in the other two species. Province, Papua New Guinea, Latitude 6.14 S., Longitude 143.66 E. jamesbondi sp. nov. also has distinct irregular light markings on E. the limbs, not seen in either E. loveridgei and E. paulwoolfi sp. Diagnosis: Both Emoia paulwoolfi sp. nov. and Emoia jamesbondi nov.. E. jamesbondi sp. nov. is depicted in life in Brown (1991) sp. nov. have until now been treated as populations of Emoia page 30 at top. loveridgei Brown (1953) as defined by Brown (1991). E. loveridgei Distribution: E. jamesbondi sp. nov. occurs on the north side of is herein restricted to the region north-west of the Huon Peninsula, the central cordillera, south-east of the Huon Peninsula in Papua north of the central cordillera, through northern Papua New Guinea New Guinea and nearby parts of Irian Jaya. E. paulwoolfi sp. nov. from south of Etymology: Named in honour of James Bond of Park Orchards,

Victoria, Australia for services to herpetology including his valuable parietals and base of tail, 32-40 mid-body scale rows, three to five assistances with the day-to-day tasks of running Snakebusters: weak keels on the dorsal scales, dorsal colour not exhibiting dark Australia’s best reptiles shows and the scientific research projects and light transverse bands, 38-59 rounded lamellae on the fourth of this author and the rest of the dedicated team. toe, sixth (rarely number 5 or 7) upper labial is enlarged and below EMOIA RICHARDWARNERI SP. NOV. the eye (derived from Brown 1991). LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0AF43673-A4F9-4AA4-887B- Distribution: E. morriedorisioi sp. nov. is known only from the 1A9D2856E420 vicinity of the Frieda Mining Base Camp, (Frieda River project), Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Comparative Western Province, Papua New Guinea. Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA, Etymology: Named in honour of Morrie Dorisio, of Bulleen, specimen number: MCZ 112250 collected at Mimika River in Victoria, Australia, more recently moved to Reservoir, Victoria, southern Irian Jaya (erroneously listed as a specimen of “Emoia Australia, for services to herpetology in particular for assistances baudini”). This facility allows access to its holdings. with IT and related issues for this author and the team at Reptile Paratype: A preserved specimen in the Museum of Natural Party, Reptile Shows in Melbourne, Australia and including in the History, London, UK, specimen number BMNH 1913.10.31,164F, production of books published by myself in the 1990’s. See also from the Mimika River in southern Irian Jaya. Hoser (2012) at page 71. Diagnosis: Emoia richardwarneri sp. nov. has until now been EMOIA MINUSGUTTATA SP. NOV. treated as a western outlier population of E. physicina Brown and LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:02AED83A-E6BB-48AA-B432- Parker, 1985 as defined by Brown (1991), being known only from 895962E1ACD3 the Mimika River area in south west Irian Jaya. However it can be Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in readily separated from E. physicina from south-western Papua Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number: R90942 New Guinea and immediately adjacent Irian Jaya by the presence collected from Malaita Island, Solomon Islands. The Australian of strongly keeled dorsals versus only weakly keeled in E. Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia allows access to physicina. its holdings. E. richardwarneri sp. nov. and E. physicina Brown and Parker, Paratypes: 59 preserved specimens at the Australian Museum in 1985 are separated from all other species in the genus Emoia Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen numbers: R90943- Gray, 1845 and genera consisting species formerly treated as 69 and R9097I-9I002 all collected from Malaita Island, Solomon being within Emoia as identified in this paper by the following suite Islands. of characters: One pair of enlarged nuchals; dorsal scales with Diagnosis: The two species Emoia minusguttata sp. nov. and three to five weak or strong keels, barely overlapping, not forming Emoia dorsalinea sp. nov. have until now been treated as two points at posterior edge of scale and strictly limited to posterior half populations of E. pseudocyanura Brown, 1991 and would be of body. Fifth (rarely sixth) upper labial enlarged and below eye; identified as this using the information within the diagnostic key and number of dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail is paper of Brown (1991), as done by Brown, (1991). 45-52 (usually less than 50), 35-42 fourth toe lamellae, snout-vent- E. minusguttata sp. nov. is restricted to Malaita Island, Solomon length at maturity is 38-51 mm, dorsal ground colour is a medium Islands and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is restricted to Bougainville brown with or without darker spots outside vertebral rows. 5-6 rows Island and the immediately adjacent Shortland Island. of the upper lateral surface are darker brown, nearly uniform or The three species are separated from one another as follows: with scattered pale scales. E. pseudocyanura Brown, 1991 is separated from E. minusguttata Distribution: E. richardwarneri sp. nov. is known only from the area sp. nov. and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. by having a dorsal colour of of the type locality being the Mimika River area in south west Irian very dark brown to black and with a distinctive yellowish-white mid- Jaya. dorsal stripe running from the snout to around the base of the tail. Etymology: Named in honour of Richard Warner of Donvale, See for example plates 51 and 52 of McCoy (2006) of images of E. Victoria, Australia for his extended services to the care of the pseudocyanura in life. elderly and otherwise disabled people, done over many years and E. minusguttata sp. nov. is separated from both E. pseudocyanura without ever asking for payment or any other financial rewards. and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. by the fact that the mid-dorsal stripe See also Hoser (2017) at page 22. fades immediately after the front legs and does not run down most EMOIA MORRIEDORISIOI SP. NOV. of the back and does not ever reach the pelvis. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:1EAACC55-34F5-4941-9A0C- E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is separated from both E. minusguttata sp. EF93CA1D0D9F nov. and E. pseudocyanura by the presence of a prominent well- Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Bernice Pauahi Bishop defined at the edges mid-dorsal stripe running past the back legs Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, specimen number Herp-BPBM and onto the anterior tail which does not have thinning, fading or 10602, collected in the vicinity of the Frieda Mining Base Camp, breaks at the posterior end of the body as seen in E. (Frieda River project), Western Province, Papua New Guinea. pseudocyanura. Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the Bernice Pauahi E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is characterised and separated from the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, specimen numbers Herp- other two species further by the presence of two more well defined BPBM 10603 and Herp-BPBM 10604, collected in the vicinity of the stripes on either side of the mid-dorsal line on the body. One of Frieda Mining Base Camp, (Frieda River project), Western these is at the upper edge of the dorsal surface and the other Province, Papua New Guinea. midway on the flanks and in each case are bounded by blackish Diagnosis: Until now Emoia morriedorisioi sp. nov. has been pigment. treated as a southern (PNG) population of the species E. battersbyi E. minusguttata sp. nov. also has an absence of spotting or other (Proctor, 1923), as defined by Brown (1991), known from north of markings on the (original) tail, versus a significant presence of the Central Cordillera, from Toem and Jobi Island in Irian Jaya in these in both E. dorsalinea sp. nov. and E. pseudocyanura. the west, through lowland areas to the east as far as Lae, Huon E. pseudocyanura is further separated from both E. dorsalinea sp. Gulf. Lygosoma ahli Vogt, 1932 is a synonym of E. battersbyi nov. and E. minusguttata sp. nov. by the presence of numerous (Shea, 2016). small pale spots on the dorsal and upper lateral surfaces, not seen Emoia morriedorisioi sp. nov. is readily separated from E. in the other two species. battersbyi by having less than 40 lamellae under the fourth toe, E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is further separated from both E. versus more than 40 in E. battersbyi. pseudocyanura and E. minusguttata sp. nov. by the fact that the Both E. morriedorisioi sp. nov. and E. battersbyi are separated anterior dorsolateral line running from the snout is an immaculate from all other Emoia species by the following suite of characters: yellow colour, versus with orangeish tinge in E. pseudocyanura and One pair of enlarged nuchals, 47-56 dorsal scale rows between the brownish tinge in E. minusguttata sp. nov.. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 20 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

E. dorsalinea sp. nov. also has a lower average midbody scale row pseudocyanura. count (28-30) as compared to the other two species (30-34) E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is characterised and separated from the (Brown, 1991). other two species further by the presence of two more well defined McCoy (2006) has images of E. minusguttata sp. nov. in life at stripes on either side of the mid-dorsal line on the body. One of plate 53 and images of E. dorsalinea sp. nov. in life at plates 49 these is at the upper edge of the dorsal surface and the other and 50. midway on the flanks and in each case are bounded by blackish The three species E. minusguttata sp. nov., E. dorsalinea sp. nov. pigment. and E. pseudocyanura are separated from all other species within E. minusguttata sp. nov. also hasan absence of spotting or other Emoia sensu lato, by the following unique suite of characters: SVL markings on the (original) tail, versus a significant presence of at maturity 45.0-58.8 mm; midbody scale rows 27-34; dorsal scale these in both E. dorsalinea sp. nov. and E. pseudocyanura. rows 53-60; thinned subdigital lamellae numbering 73-98 under the E. pseudocyanura is further separated from both E. dorsalinea sp. fourth toe; there is always at least a narrow, pale, paravertebral nov. and E. minusguttata sp. nov. by the presence of numerous stripe, limited to head and anterior part of body and becoming small pale spots on the dorsal and upper lateral surfaces, not seen broader posteriorly, which may go past the rear limbs in some in the other two species. species, there are rows of black dots or short bars on the tail in two E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is further separated from both E. of three species and the tail always has a very strong bluish tinge; pseudocyanura and E. minusguttata sp. nov. by the fact that the venter (in life) is yellow to light green. anterior dorsolateral line running from the snout is an immaculate The three species are further diagnosed as follows: rostral forming yellow colour, versus with orangeish tinge in E. pseudocyanura and relatively short to moderately long, nearly straight suture with brownish tinge in E. minusguttata sp. nov.. frontonasal; supranasals triangular; prefrontals narrowly to rather E. dorsalinea sp. nov. also has a lower average midbody scale row widely separated; one pair of nuchals; anterior loreal shorter than count (28-30) as compared to the other two species (30-34) and slightly higher than posterior, in contact with first and second, (Brown, 1991). or more frequently, only second upper labials; six or seven upper McCoy (2006) has images of E. minusguttata sp. nov. in life at labials, fifth (rarely sixth) enlarged and below eye; six or seven plate 53 and images of E. dorsalinea sp. nov. in life at plates 49 lower labials; scales smooth, paravertebral rows not or scarcely and 50. enlarged (Brown 1991). The three species E. minusguttata sp. nov., E. dorsalinea sp. nov. Distribution: E. minusguttata sp. nov. is known only from Malaita and E. pseudocyanura are separated from all other species within Island in the Solomon Islands, where at present it appears to be Emoia sensu lato, by the following unique suite of characters: SVL common. at matunty 45.0-58.8 mm; midbody scale rows 27-34; dorsal scale Etymology: In Latin “minusguttata” literally means less spots or rows 53-60; thinned subdigital lamellae numbering 73-98 under the specks. fourth toe; there is always at least a narrow, pale, paravertebral EMOIA DORSALINEA SP. NOV. stripe, limited to head and anterior part of body and becoming LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:58B38A14-21C9-42E7-ADBD- broader posteriorly, which may go past the rear limbs in some 5A92B2BFFECD species, there are rows of black dots or short bars on the tail in two Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Comparative of three species and the tail always has a very strong bluish tinge; Zoology, Harvard University, USA, Herpetology Collection: venter (in life) is yellow to light green. specimen number: MCZ 93970, collected from Mutahi, at an The three species are further diagnosed as follows: rostral forming elevation of 2200-3200 feet above sea level, Bougainville, in the relatively short to moderately long, nearly straight suture with country of Papua New Guinea. frontonasal; supranasals triangular; prefrontals narrowly to rather This facility allows access to its holdings. widely separated; one pair of nuchals; anterior loreal shorter than Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the Museum of and slightly higher than posterior, in contact with first and second, Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, USA, Herpetology or more frequently, only second upper labials; six or seven upper Collection: specimen number: MCZ 93971-73, collected from labials, fifth (rarely sixth) enlarged and below eye; six or seven Mutahi, at an elevation of 2200-3200 feet above sea level, lower labials; scales smooth, paravertebral rows not or scarcely Bougainville, in the country of Papua New Guinea, This facility enlarged (Brown 1991). allows access to its holdings. Distribution: E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is known only from Diagnosis: The two species Emoia dorsalinea sp. nov. and Emoia Bougainville Island (part of the territory of Papua New Guinea) and minusguttata sp. nov. have until now been treated as two the small immediately adjacent island of Shortland Island to the populations of E. pseudocyanura Brown, 1991 and would be south, in the territory of the Solomon Islands, where at present it identified as this using the information within the diagnostic key and appears to be common on both islands. paper of Brown (1991), as done by Brown (1991). Etymology: In Latin “dorsalinea” literally means line on the E. minusguttata sp. nov. is restricted to Malaita Island, Solomon dorsum. Islands and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is restricted to Bougainville EMOIA BOUGAINVILLIENSIS SP. NOV. Island and the immediately adjacent Shortland Island. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:F084D0C7-AC1C-4AB2-BBAF- The three species are separated from one another as follows: FD6951DA9F0A E. pseudocyanura Brown, 1991 is separated from the E. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Louisiana State University minusguttata sp. nov. and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. by having a dorsal Museum of Natural Science, USA, specimen number: LSUMZ colour of very dark brown to black and with a distinctive yellowish- Herps 93843, collected at Togarau Two Village, Central white mid-dorsal stripe running from the snout to around the base Bougainville, on the south-east slope of Mount Balbi, North of the tail. See for example plates 51 and 52 of McCoy (2006) of Solomons Province, Papua New Guinea, Latitude 5.94 S., images of E. pseudocyanura in life. Longitude 155.04 E. This facility allows access to its holdings. E. minusguttata sp. nov. is separated from both E. pseudocyanura Paratypes: 1/ A preserved specimen at the Louisiana State and E. dorsalinea sp. nov. by the fact that the mid-dorsal stripe University Museum of Natural Science, USA, specimen number: fades immediately after the front legs and does not run down most LSUMZ Herps 93844, collected at Togarau Two Village, Central of the back and does not ever reach the pelvis. Bougainville, on the south-east slope of Mount Balbi, North E. dorsalinea sp. nov. is separated from both E. minusguttata sp. Solomons Provice, Papua New Guinea, Latitude 5.94 S., Longitude nov. and E. pseudocyanura by the presence of a priminant well- 155.04 E, and: 2/ 12 preserved specimens at the California defined at the edges mid-dorsal stripe running past the back legs Academy of Sciences, California, USA, Specimen numbers: and onto the anterior tail which does not have thinning, fading or Herpetology collection CAS 108905-16, collected from Turiboiru, breaks at the posterior end of the body as seen in E. Bougainville Island, Bougainville, in the territory of Papua New Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 21

Guinea, Latitude 6.73 S., Longitude 155.68 E. 59-86 under the fourth finger of the fourth (front) toe; midbody Diagnosis: Until now Emoia bougainvilliensis sp. nov. has been scale rows 26-32; scale rows between parietals and base of tail treated as a population of E. cyanura (Lesson, 1826). It is however 52-64; interparietal fused with frontoparietals; tail without extremely readily separated from that taxon by having more than 79 lamellae prominent black markings. under the fourth finger of the (front) toe, versus less than that in all All of E. boreotis sp. nov., E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov. (described in populations of E. cyanura. this paper) and E. cyanura are further diagnosed by the following E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov. has a distinctive yellowish-greenish suite of characters: Snout-vent length (SVL) 38.9-56.5 mm for upper surface to the anterior half of the tail, versus brown, grey or males and 40.5-54.8 mm for females; snout strongly tapered, its bluish in E. cyanura. In E. cyanura the dorso-lateral stripes are length 62-70% of head width and 32-42% of head length; head whitish and distinct, versus greenish-yellow, broad and fading on width 60-65% of head length and 14-17% of snout-vent length; eye the lower edge in E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov. There is barring of 62-73% of snout length and 40-47% of head width; rostral forming the rear limbs toes in Emoia bougainvilliensis sp. nov. that is not moderately long, nearly straight suture with frontonasal; seen in populations of E. cyanura found elsewhere. supranasals narrow-elongate to narrowly triangular; prefrontals All of E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov., E. boreotis sp. nov. (described in narrowly to widely separated (rarely in contact); one pair of this paper) and E. cyanura are separated from all other species in nuchals; anterior loreal somewhat shorter than, to nearly as long Emoia sensu lato by the following combination of characters: Nasal as and slightly higher than, posterior loreal. in contact with first and bones not fused; palate beta-type; a pale narrow vertebral stripe second, second, or second and third upper labials and with (less than two scale rows in breadth) beginning at the tip of the supranasal; usually six or seven upper labials, fifth (occasionally snout; subdigital lamellae are thin and bladelike with 59-86 under sixth) enlarged and below eye; six or seven lower labials; scales the fourth finger of the fourth (front) toe; midbody scale rows 26-32; smooth; midbody scale rows 25-32, not more than 30 except for scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-64; interparietal populations in Fiji and Vanuatu; dorsal scale rows 52-64. rarely fused with frontoparietals; tail without extremely prominent black more than 60; length of extended hindlimb 90-110% of axilla-groin markings. distance and 43-52% of SVL; lamellae under first toe 16-21. All of E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov., E. boreotis sp. nov. (described in Distribution: Known only from the islands of Guam and Kosrae in this paper) and E. cyanura are further diagnosed by the following the north-west Pacific Ocean. suite of characters: Snout-vent length (SVL) 38.9-56.5 mm for Etymology: In Latin the word boreotis means “northern” and this males and 40.5-54.8 mm for females; snout strongly tapered, its reflects the relative distribution of this species as compared to length 62-70% of head width and 32-42% of head length; head other members of the species group, which are generally found to width 60-65% of head length and 14-17% of snout-vent length; eye the south. 62-73% of snout length and 40-47% of head width; rostral forming EMOIA AQUACAUDA SP. NOV. moderately long, nearly straight suture with frontonasal; LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:AD2141B6-2FE4-4B96-A166- supranasals narrow-elongate to narrowly triangular; prefrontals C65793ACA395 narrowly to widely separated (rarely in contact); one pair of Holotype: A preserved specimen at the University of Kansas nuchals; anterior loreal somewhat shorter than, to nearly as long Natural History Museum and Biodiversity Institute, Lawrence, as and slightly higher than, posterior loreal. in contact with first and Kansas, USA, specimen number: KU 307191 collected from Poroi, second, second, or second and third upper labials and with Ranongga Island, (New Georgia Group), Solomon Islands, Latitude supranasal; usually six or seven upper labials, fifth (occasionally 8.08 S., Longitude 156.60 E. The University of Kansas Natural sixth) enlarged and below eye; six or seven lower labials; scales History Museum and Biodiversity Institute, Lawrence, Kansas, USA smooth; midbody scale rows 26-32, not more than 30 except for allows access to its holdings. populations in Fiji and Vanuatu; dorsal scale rows 52-64. rarely Paratype: A preserved specimen at the University of Kansas more than 60; length of extended hindlimb 90-110% of axilla-groin Natural History Museum and Biodiversity Institute, Lawrence, distance and 43-52% of SVL; lamellae under first toe 16-21. Kansas, USA, specimen number: KU 307192 collected from Poroi, Distribution: Believed to be confinded to Bougainville and nearby Ranongga Island, (New Georgia Group), Solomon Islands, Latitude small islands. 8.08 S., Longitude 156.60 E. Etymology: Named in reflection of where the species occurs. Diagnosis: The species Emoia aquacauda sp. nov. has until now EMOIA BOREOTIS SP. NOV. been treated as a population of Emoia impar (Werner, 1898). It is LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:620A9FD8-11CB-4B46-8FE6- most easily separated from that taxon by colouration, having 77ED31D4175A blackish brown between the dorsolateral stripes as opposed to Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Californian Academy of coppery brown, as well as limbs that are almost jet black as Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number: CAS opposed to being medium brown with black etching at the lower 184020, collected from Guam. This facility allows access to its end of each scale. holdings. The tail of Emoia aquacauda sp. nov. is a rich aqua blue colour Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Californian Academy of with black peppering on the anterior end of the dorsal surface, Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number: occasionally merging to form a line, versus none in E. impar. CAS183942, collected from Kosrae. Both Emoia aquacauda sp. nov. and E. impar. are separated from Diagnosis: The species Emoia boreotis sp. nov. has until now all other species in Emoia sensu lato by the following suite of been treated as a divergent population of E. cyanura (Lesson, characters: Less than 65 mm snout-vent length in adults; tail 1826). However Bruna et al. (1996b) provided genetic evidence to slender; limbs long; tips of toes of the hindfoot extent to or beyond show that so-called E. cyanura from the islands of Guam and the axilla; there is a supranasal scale above the nasal scale on Kosrae are in fact of a different, albeit closely related species. each side; there is a distinctive mid-dorsal stripe and pair of The species Emoia boreotis sp. nov. is separated from E. cyanura dorsolateral stripes, white, orangeish-white, brownish-white or and the related Emoia bougainvilliensis sp. nov. by the presence of yellowish-white in colour, but at a glance appearing white or a thick significantly faded upper labials and obvious peppering on the creamy-white colour; tail is always strongly bluish in colour and lower flanks of the original tail. mainly immaculate; 40-53 lamellae beneath the fourth finger; 57-82 lamellae under the fourth toe of the rear foot; 52-62 rows of scales All of E. boreotis sp. nov., E. bougainvilliensis sp. nov. (described between the parietals and the base of the tail; 26-33 midbody rows; previously in this paper) and E. cyanura are separated from all no ipiphyseal (pineal) eye or pigmented spot on top of the head; other species in Emoia sensu lato by the following combination of anterior loreal higher than long; one or more of the mid-dorsal characters: Nasal bones not fused; palate beta-type; a pale narrow scale rows are either fully or partially fused, usually forming a vertebral stripe (less than two scale rows in breadth) beginning at single row of enlarged mid-dorsal scales; belly and underside of the tip of the snout; subdigital lamellae are thin and bladelike with thighs are dusky or peppered. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 22 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

Distribution: This member of a wider species complex appears to spots, flecks or markings and most present are scattered light- be restricted to the New Georgia group of islands in the Solomon brown scales on the lower flanks. The limbs are characterised by Islands. well spaced orange spots in defined lines on a dark brown Etymology: Aqua the colour is appropriate for the tail as this is the background. The top of the head is blackish and the labials are colour, being a light blue. brown and lacking white spots or flecks. The dorsal scales are The word “cauda” in Latin refers to the tail, so the entire name for slightly keeled. In common with E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. this the species means aqua coloured tail. The name Emoia species also has an irregularly marked tail giving a somewhat caeruleocauda (De Vis, 1892) is already preoccupied by a broken banded appearance. reasonably closely related species-level taxon, although it is The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is treated as of a different genus in this paper. separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., EMOA YUSEFMOHAMUDI SP. NOV. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:8CFB7CD4-4EDC-4CA6-A74B- in this genus are alone among the five similar genera just listed, in 50C5C677C024 that adults have a dorsum that is more-or-less uniform dark brown Holotype: A preserved specimen at The California Academy of to black or grey from snout onto the tail. Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number CAS Distribution: Malaupaina Island, Makira Province, Solomon HERP153233, collected from Malaupaina Island, Makira Province, Islands and immediately adjacent small islands. Solomon Islands, Latitude 10.25 S., Longitude 161.97 E. This facility allows access to its holdings. Etymology: Named in honour of Yusef Mohamud, a lawyer based in Melbourne, Victoria, Australia for services to wildlife Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at The California Academy conservation including assisting Snakebusters: Australia’s best of Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen numbers reptiles in dealing with lawless thieves seeking to undermine the CAS HERP153234 and CAS HERP153235, collected from valuable wildlife conservation work of the team at Snakebusters. Malaupaina Island, Makira Province, Solomon Islands, Latitude He also works with Kimani Adil Boden, another lawyer based in 10.25 S., Longitude 161.97 E. Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. See the full etymology for Kimani Diagnosis: Following Brown (1991), the taxon, Emoa whitneyi Adil Boden in Hoser (2018a). (Burt, 1930) is treated as being synonymous with the nominate EMOA DAVIDALTMANI SP. NOV. form of Emoa nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853). Brown (1991) wrote: “I have examined the type of E. whitneyi, and in LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:134C2E50-6381-4BDD-93E7- scale counts, color and weak keels on dorsal scales it is typical of DA26BD683CBC juveniles of E. nigra populations from some of the Solomon Holotype: A preserved specimen at The California Academy of Islands.” Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number CAS This would be expected on the basis of a type locality of the HERP 72010, collected from Rennel Island, Central Province, Shortland Islands. Solomon Islands, Latitude 11.66 S., Longitude 160.31 E. This Within the genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, the facility allows access to its holdings. type species is readily separated from others in the complex by the Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at The California following suite of characters: strong red-coloured iris, weakly Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen keeled anterior scales on the body, a dorsal pattern that includes a numbers CAS HERP 72011-3, collected from Rennel Island, definite light demarcation along the dorsolateral line and a tail Central Province, Solomon Islands, Latitude 11.66 S., Longitude pattern forming obvious longitudinal stripes, with that on the flanks 160.31 E. being black. Any spots present on the upper flanks are yellow. Diagnosis: Following Brown (1991), the taxon, Emoa whitneyi The species E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov. from Malaupaina Island in (Burt, 1930) is treated as being synonymous with the nominate the Olu Malu Islands, Makira province, Solomon Islands is readily form of Emoa nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853). Brown separated from E. nigra and others in the genus by the iris being a (1991) wrote: “I have examined the type of E. whitneyi, and in yellow-brown colour as opposed to red. Adults are jet black all scale counts, color and weak keels on dorsal scales it is typical of over the dorsal surface and flanks and lack markings on the body juveniles of E. nigra populations from some of the Solomon or legs or tail, the latter being a uniform black along the entire Islands.” length. Exceptional to this, is the snout, which while dark, is metal This would be expected on the basis of a type locality of the grey in colour at the tip. Dorsal scales are effectively smooth. Shortland Islands. The species E. davidaltmani sp. nov. from Rennell Island in the Within the genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, the Solomon Islands is similar in most respects to E. yusufmohamudi type species is readily separated from others in the complex by the sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by the presence of well- following suite of characters: strong red-coloured iris, weakly defined brown and black cross-bands on the fingers of the toes keeled anterior scales on the body, a dorsal pattern that includes a and feet, as well as labials that are evenly coloured versus uneven definite light demarcation along the dorsolateral line and a tail in E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov.. Dorsals are slightly keeled. Snout pattern forming obvious longitudinal stripes, with that on the flanks tip is blackish-grey in colour. being black. Any spots present on the upper flanks are yellow. The species E. stephengoldsteini sp. nov. from the Santa Cruz The species E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov. from Malaupaina Island in Islands in the Solomon Islands is also similar in most respects to the Olu Malu Islands, Makira province, Solomon Islands is readily E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by dark separated from E. nigra and others in the genus by the iris being a etching of some scales under the chin and a snout tip that is dark yellow-brown colour as opposed to red. Adults are jet black all brown in colour. over the dorsal surface and flanks and lack markings on the body The species E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. from Koro Island, Fiji is or legs or tail, the latter being a uniform black along the entire separated from all other species in the genus Emoa by the length. Exceptional to this, is the snout, which while dark, is metal following suite of characters: An irregularly marked tail giving a grey in colour at the tip. Dorsal scales are effectively smooth. somewhat broken banded appearance, scattered white flecks or The species E. davidaltmani sp. nov. from Rennell Island in the spots on the upper labials and occasionally others on the neck, or Solomon Islands is similar in most respects to E. yusufmohamudi rarely upper back and flanks, slightly keeled dorsal scales and a sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by the presence of well- dark iris. defined brown and black cross-bands on the fingers of the toes The species E. roberteksteini sp. nov. from Taveuni Island and and feet, as well as labials that are evenly coloured versus uneven nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji is separated from all other species in E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov.. Dorsals are slightly keeled. Snout in the genus Emoa by the following suite of characters: distinctly tip is blackish-grey in colour. orange-brown iris, generally blackish-brown in colour, with minimal The species E. stephengoldsteini sp. nov. from the Santa Cruz

Islands in the Solomon Islands is also similar in most respects to over the dorsal surface and flanks and lack markings on the body E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by dark or legs or tail, the latter being a uniform black along the entire etching of some scales under the chin and a snout tip that is dark length. Exceptional to this, is the snout, which while dark, is metal brown in colour. grey in colour at the tip. Dorsal scales are effectively smooth. The species E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. from Koro Island, Fiji is The species E. davidaltmani sp. nov. from Rennell Island in the separated from all other species in the genus Emoa by the Solomon Islands is similar in most respects to E. yusufmohamudi following suite of characters: An irregularly marked tail giving a sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by the presence of well- somewhat broken banded appearance, scattered white flecks or defined brown and black cross-bands on the fingers of the toes spots on the upper labials and occasionally others on the neck, or and feet, as well as labials that are evenly coloured versus uneven rarely upper back and flanks, slightly keeled dorsal scales and a in E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov.. Dorsals are slightly keeled. Snout dark iris. tip is blackish-grey in colour. The species E. roberteksteini sp. nov. from Taveuni Island and The species E. stephengoldsteini sp. nov. from the Santa Cruz nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji is separated from all other species Islands in the Solomon Islands is also similar in most respects to in the genus Emoa by the following suite of characters: distinctly E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by dark orange-brown iris, generally blackish-brown in colour, with minimal etching of some scales under the chin and a snout tip that is dark spots, flecks or markings and most present are scattered light- brown in colour. brown scales on the lower flanks. The limbs are characterised by The species E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. from Koro Island, Fiji is well spaced orange spots in defined lines on a dark brown separated from all other species in the genus Emoa by the background. The top of the head is blackish and the labials are following suite of characters: An irregularly marked tail giving a brown and lacking white spots or flecks. The dorsal scales are somewhat broken banded appearance, scattered white flecks or slightly keeled. In common with E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. this spots on the upper labials and occasionally others on the neck, or species also has an irregularly marked tail giving a somewhat rarely upper back and flanks, slightly keeled dorsal scales and a broken banded appearance. dark iris. The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is The species E. roberteksteini sp. nov. from Taveuni Island and separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji is separated from all other species Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. in the genus Emoa by the following suite of characters: distinctly nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens orange-brown iris, generally blackish-brown in colour, with minimal in this genus are alone among the five similar genera just listed, in spots, flecks or markings and most present are scattered light- that adults have a dorsum that is more-or-less uniform dark brown brown scales on the lower flanks. The limbs are characterised by to black or grey from snout onto the tail. well spaced orange spots in defined lines on a dark brown Distribution: Rennel Island, Central Province, Solomon Islands background. The top of the head is blackish and the labials are and immediately adjacent small islands. brown and lacking white spots or flecks. The dorsal scales are Etymology: Named in honour of David Altman of Bondi, New slightly keeled. In common with E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. this South Wales, Australia in recognition of his assistances to this species also has an irregularly marked tail giving a somewhat author in herpetological fieldwork on Death Adders Acanthophis broken banded appearance. antarcticus (Shaw and Nodder, 1802) at West Head, Kurringai The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is Chase, New South Wales, Australia in the 1970’s and 1980’s. separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., EMOA STEPHENGOLDSTEINI SP. NOV. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:9EC6E380-BFF7-4A9F-B409- nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens D937651D5BC7 in this genus are alone among the five similar genera just listed, in that adults have a dorsum that is more-or-less uniform dark brown Holotype: A preserved specimen at The American Museum of to black or grey from snout onto the tail. Natural History, New York, USA, specimen number AMNH 42086, collected from Santa Cruz Island (AKA Nendo Island), Solomon Distribution:Santa Cruz (AKA Nendo) Island, Solomon Islands Islands, Latitude 10.72 S., Longitude 165.92 E. This facility allows and immediately adjacent small islands. access to its holdings. Etymology: Named in honour of Stephen Goldstein of Hornsby, Paratypes: Seven preserved specimens at The American New South Wales, Australia, for services to herpetology throughout Museum of Natural History, New York, USA, specimen numbers the 1970’s and 1980’s including with important fieldwork conducted AMNH 42087 and AMNH 42107-12, collected from Santa Cruz by this author in New South Wales. Island (AKA Nendo Island), Solomon Islands, Latitude 10.72 S., EMOA RODNEYSOMMERICHI SP. NOV. Longitude 165.92 E. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:524ED31A-D313-42A2-A6F8- Diagnosis: Following Brown (1991), the taxon, Emoa whitneyi A25C33E35AFF (Burt, 1930) is treated as being synonymous with the nominate Holotype: A preserved specimen at the US National Museum, form of Emoa nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853). Brown better known as the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural (1991) wrote: “I have examined the type of E. whitneyi, and in History, Washington, DC, USA, specimen number USNM 230073, scale counts, color and weak keels on dorsal scales it is typical of collected from Koro Island, Fiji, Latitude 17.20 S., Longitude 179.26 juveniles of E. nigra populations from some of the Solomon E. This facility allows access to its holdings. Islands.” Paratypes: Seven preserved specimens at the US National This would be expected on the basis of a type locality of the Museum, better known as the Smithsonian National Museum of Shortland Islands. Natural History, Washington, DC, USA, specimen numbers USNM Within the genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, the 230074-81, collected from Koro Island, Fiji, Latitude 17.20 S., type species is readily separated from others in the complex by the Longitude 179.26 E. following suite of characters: strong red-coloured iris, weakly Diagnosis: Following Brown (1991), the taxon, Emoa whitneyi keeled anterior scales on the body, a dorsal pattern that includes a (Burt, 1930) is treated as being synonymous with the nominate definite light demarcation along the dorsolateral line and a tail form of Emoa nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853). Brown pattern forming obvious longitudinal stripes, with that on the flanks (1991) wrote: “I have examined the type of E. whitneyi, and in being black. Any spots present on the upper flanks are yellow. scale counts, color and weak keels on dorsal scales it is typical of The species E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov. from Malaupaina Island in juveniles of E. nigra populations from some of the Solomon the Olu Malu Islands, Makira province, Solomon Islands is readily Islands.” separated from E. nigra and others in the genus by the iris being a This would be expected on the basis of a type locality of the yellow-brown colour as opposed to red. Adults are jet black all Shortland Islands.

Within the genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, the Museum, better known as the Smithsonian National Museum of type species is readily separated from others in the complex by the Natural History, Washington, DC, USA, specimen numbers USNM following suite of characters: strong red-coloured iris, weakly 333406, 499928, 499925, collected from Taveuni Island, Fiji. keeled anterior scales on the body, a dorsal pattern that includes a Diagnosis: Following Brown (1991), the taxon, Emoa whitneyi definite light demarcation along the dorsolateral line and a tail (Burt, 1930) is treated as being synonymous with the nominate pattern forming obvious longitudinal stripes, with that on the flanks form of Emoa nigra (Jacquinot and Guichenot, 1853). Brown being black. Any spots present on the upper flanks are yellow. (1991) wrote: “I have examined the type of E. whitneyi, and in The species E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov. from Malaupaina Island in scale counts, color and weak keels on dorsal scales it is typical of the Olu Malu Islands, Makira province, Solomon Islands is readily juveniles of E. nigra populations from some of the Solomon separated from E. nigra and others in the genus by the iris being a Islands.” yellow-brown colour as opposed to red. Adults are jet black all This would be expected on the basis of a type locality of the over the dorsal surface and flanks and lack markings on the body Shortland Islands. or legs or tail, the latter being a uniform black along the entire Within the genus Emoa Girard, 1857, type species Emoa nigra, the length. Exceptional to this, is the snout, which while dark, is metal type species is readily separated from others in the complex by the grey in colour at the tip. Dorsal scales are effectively smooth. following suite of characters: strong red-coloured iris, weakly The species E. davidaltmani sp. nov. from Rennell Island in the keeled anterior scales on the body, a dorsal pattern that includes a Solomon Islands is similar in most respects to E. yusufmohamudi definite light demarcation along the dorsolateral line and a tail sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by the presence of well- pattern forming obvious longitudinal stripes, with that on the flanks defined brown and black cross-bands on the fingers of the toes being black. Any spots present on the upper flanks are yellow. and feet, as well as labials that are evenly coloured versus uneven The species E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov. from Malaupaina Island in in E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov.. Dorsals are slightly keeled. Snout the Olu Malu Islands, Makira province, Solomon Islands is readily tip is blackish-grey in colour. separated from E. nigra and others in the genus by the iris being a The species E. stephengoldsteini sp. nov. from the Santa Cruz yellow-brown colour as opposed to red. Adults are jet black all Islands in the Solomon Islands is also similar in most respects to over the dorsal surface and flanks and lack markings on the body E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by dark or legs or tail, the latter being a uniform black along the entire etching of some scales under the chin and a snout tip that is dark length. Exceptional to this, is the snout, which while dark, is metal brown in colour. grey in colour at the tip. Dorsal scales are effectively smooth. The species E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. from Koro Island, Fiji is The species E. davidaltmani sp. nov. from Rennell Island in the separated from all other species in the genus Emoa by the Solomon Islands is similar in most respects to E. yusufmohamudi following suite of characters: An irregularly marked tail giving a sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by the presence of well- somewhat broken banded appearance, scattered white flecks or defined brown and black cross-bands on the fingers of the toes spots on the upper labials and occasionally others on the neck, or and feet, as well as labials that are evenly coloured versus uneven rarely upper back and flanks, slightly keeled dorsal scales and a in E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov.. Dorsals are slightly keeled. Snout dark iris. tip is blackish-grey in colour. The species E. roberteksteini sp. nov. from Taveuni Island and The species E. stephengoldsteini sp. nov. from the Santa Cruz nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji is separated from all other species Islands in the Solomon Islands is also similar in most respects to in the genus Emoa by the following suite of characters: distinctly E. yusufmohamudi sp. nov., but separated from that taxon by dark orange-brown iris, generally blackish-brown in colour, with minimal etching of some scales under the chin and a snout tip that is dark spots, flecks or markings and most present are scattered light- brown in colour. brown scales on the lower flanks. The limbs are characterised by The species E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. from Koro Island, Fiji is well spaced orange spots in defined lines on a dark brown separated from all other species in the genus Emoa by the background. The top of the head is blackish and the labials are following suite of characters: An irregularly marked tail giving a brown and lacking white spots or flecks. The dorsal scales are somewhat broken banded appearance, scattered white flecks or slightly keeled. In common with E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. this spots on the upper labials and occasionally others on the neck, or species also has an irregularly marked tail giving a somewhat rarely upper back and flanks, slightly keeled dorsal scales and a broken banded appearance. dark iris. The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is The species E. roberteksteini sp. nov. from Taveuni Island and separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji is separated from all other species Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. in the genus Emoa by the following suite of characters: distinctly nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens orange-brown iris, generally blackish-brown in colour, with minimal in this genus are alone among the five similar genera just listed, in spots, flecks or markings and most present are scattered light- that adults have a dorsum that is more-or-less uniform dark brown brown scales on the lower flanks. The limbs are characterised by to black or grey from snout onto the tail. well spaced orange spots in defined lines on a dark brown Distribution: Restricted to Koro Island, Fiji. background. The top of the head is blackish and the labials are Etymology: Named in honour of Rodney Sommerich, formerly of brown and lacking white spots or flecks. The dorsal scales are Castle Cove (Sydney) New South Wales, Australia, for services to slightly keeled. In common with E. rodneysommerichi sp. nov. this herpetology throughout the 1970’s and 1980’s including with species also has an irregularly marked tail giving a somewhat important fieldwork conducted by this author in New South Wales broken banded appearance. and (along with his suffering parents) supplying important food The genus Emoa Girard, 1857, (type species Emoa nigra) is reserves for myself and associates in relevant bush camping trips separated from all other species within Notanemoia gen. nov., as well as on other important occasions. Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. EMOA ROBERTEKSTEINI SP. NOV. nov. and Griseolaterus gen. nov. by dorsal body colour. Specimens LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:457A786A-2A63-463E-B61B- in this genus are alone among the five similar genera just listed, in 9063C7CE9833 that adults have a dorsum that is more-or-less uniform dark brown to black or grey from snout onto the tail. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the US National Museum, better known as the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural Distribution: Taveuni Island and nearby Vanua Levu Island, Fiji as History, Washington, DC, USA, specimen number USNM 499927, well as small adjacent islands. collected from 1 km NE of Vuna Point, Taveuni Island, Fiji. Etymology: Named in honour of Robert Ekstein of Roseville, This facility allows access to its holdings. Bondi and Belrose (Sydney), New South Wales, Australia for services to herpetology spanning some decades in numerous Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the US National capacities. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 25

NOTANEMOIA GEORGEMARIOLISI SP. NOV. species in the genus Notanemoia gen. nov. as defined elsewhere LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:F551A343-34B5-4BC6-916C- in this paper by the following suite of characters: Scales on the CDF4C4DB157B body are of a moderate size; adults of slender build and in excess Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Comparative of 55 mm snout-vent length; dorsally with green to greenish tan Zoology, Harvard University, USA, Specimen number: Herp R- head and body; back and head are never silvery-grey, never have 15014, collected from Vunisea on Kadavu (Island), Fiji, identified a mid-dorsal stripe and the tail is never blue or green; 27-33 as “Emoia samoense”. The Museum of Comparative Zoology, midbody scale rows; less than 90 scales from head to base of tail; Harvard University allows access to its holdings. 43-65 lamellae beneath the fourth toe of the hind foot. Distribution: N. georgemariolisi sp. nov. occurs in Kadavu (AKA Paratypes. The following 11 specimens at the Museum of Kandavu) and immediately adjacent small islands to the north east, Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, USA, specimen within Fiji, but separated by the Kadavu Passage from Viti Levu. numbers: Herp R-16930, Herp R-16932, Herp R-16934, Herp R- 16938, Herp R-16939, Herp R-16940, Herp R-16931, Herp R- Etymology: Named in honour of George Mariolis of Burwood, 16933, Herp R-16935, Herp R-16936, Herp R-16937 all collected Victoria, former body-building champion and former of owner of from Dravuni Island, Fiji (just north of the main Kadavu Island) Definition Fitness Centre in East Doncaster, Victoria and now a (mislabelled as Dravini). highly sought-after personal (fitness) trainer at several venues, for services to the health and well-being of many Australians over Diagnosis: The species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., N. many decades. karlagambellae sp. nov., N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. and N. The genus Georgemarioliscolotes Hoser, 2018 was also named in cathysonnemannae sp. nov. have all until now been treated as honour of George Mariolis, however the etymology statement was populations of the species N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) and would inadvertently omitted from the final proof of that paper (Hoser until now have keyed out as this species using the keys of Brown 2018b) as published and this etymology also applies to that paper. (1991) or Zug (1991). NOTANEMOIA KARLAGAMBELLAE SP. NOV. However the genetic evidence of Austin and Zug (1999), Zug (1991), Fisher et al. (2017) and glacial sea-level minimums LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FF12AF48-D547-496A-BD84- between the two most divergent populations for which molecular 20C6EDDE0DA0 evidence is unavailable (but is for other similarly distributed Fijian Holotype: A preserved specimen in the collection of Nature Fiji reptiles on the same islands), but for which morphological (Dick Watling), specimen number: F-526, in association with the evidence is available, comfirms that there are at least five separate University of South Pacific Herpetology Collection, Suva, Fiji species in the species complex, all of which are described herein, (SUVA), collected from the island of Gau, Fiji Islands. Their four for the first time as newly named species. specimens are made available to scientists. The type form N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) is that from the main Fiji Paratypes: Six other preserved specimens in the collection of island of Viti Levu and immediately adjacent smaller islands such Nature Fiji (Dick Watling), specimen number: F543 and F572-576, as Ovalau, that are separated by very shallow seas that were land in association with the University of South Pacific Herpetology bridges in geologically recent glacial sea depth maxima. Collection, Suva, Fiji (SUVA). The specimens from Kadavu (AKA Kandavu), are herein assigned Note: The holotype and paratypes are the specimens examined to the species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., those from the and recorded by Zug (1991) and Brown (1991). island of Gau are herein assigned to the species N. karlagambellae Diagnosis: The species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., N. sp. nov., those from Taveuni Island, Vanua Levu and outliers to the karlagambellae sp. nov., N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. and N. north of the strait between these islands and Viti Levu / Taveuni are cathysonnemannae sp. nov. have all until now been treated as assigned to the species N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov., while populations of the species N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) and would those from Matuku and potentially other small islands to the north until now have keyed out as this species using the keys of Brown are assigned to the species N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov.. (1991) or Zug (1991). The species N. concolor is herein restricted to Vita Levu and All can be separated from one another by morphological nearby Ovalau and includes the synonymous name N. resplendens differences as outlined herein. (Peters. 1877). The specimens from Kadavu (AKA Kandavu), are herein assigned Diagnostic features separating the five relevant taxa are effectively to the species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., those from the outlined in Zug (1991) and the most important ones are abridged island of Gau are herein assigned to the species N. karlagambellae and given here as the formal diagnosis for all five species in terms sp. nov., those from Taveuni Island, Vanua Levu and outliers to the of separating them from one another. north of the strait between these islands and Viti Levu / Ovalau are N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) is separated from the other four assigned to the species N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov., while species by the following unique suite of characters: 57-58 dorsal those from Matuku and potentially other small islands to the north rows, 29-30 mid-body rows, 36-37 lamellae on finger 4 and 49-51 are assigned to the species N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov.. lamellae on toe 4. The species N. concolor is herein restricted to Vita Levu and N. georgemariolisi sp. nov., is separated from the other four nearby Ovalau and includes the synonymous name N. resplendens species by the following unique suite of characters: 59-60 dorsal (Peters. 1877). rows, 31-32 mid-body rows, 41-43 lamellae on finger 4 and 57-59 Diagnostic features separating the five taxa are outlined in Zug lamellae on toe 4. (1991) and the most important ones are abridged and given here N. karlagambellae sp. nov. is separated from the other four species as the formal diagnosis for all five species in terms of separating by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal rows, 30- them from one another. 31 mid-body rows, 44-45 lamellae on finger 4 and 62-63 lamellae N. karlagambellae sp. nov. is separated from the other four species on toe 4. by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal rows, 30- N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov. is separated from the other four 31 mid-body rows, 44-45 lamellae on finger 4 and 62-63 lamellae species by the following unique suite of characters: 56-58 dorsal on toe 4. rows, 20-29 mid-body rows, 34-36 lamellae on finger 4 and 47-48 N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) is separated from the other four lamellae on toe 4. species by the following unique suite of characters: 57-58 dorsal N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. is separated from the other four rows, 29-30 mid-body rows, 36-37 lamellae on finger 4 and 49-51 species by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal lamellae on toe 4. rows, 30-31 mid-body rows, 42-44 lamellae on finger 4 and 59-61 N. georgemariolisi sp. nov., is separated from the other four lamellae on toe 4. species by the following unique suite of characters: 59-60 dorsal All five species (previously treated as N. concolor) are readily rows, 31-32 mid-body rows, 41-43 lamellae on finger 4 and 57-59 separated from all other Emoia sensu lato species, including all lamellae on toe 4.

N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov. is separated from the other four N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) is separated from the other four species by the following unique suite of characters: 56-58 dorsal species by the following unique suite of characters: 57-58 dorsal rows, 20-29 mid-body rows, 34-36 lamellae on finger 4 and 47-48 rows, 29-30 mid-body rows, 36-37 lamellae on finger 4 and 49-51 lamellae on toe 4. lamellae on toe 4. N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. is separated from the other four N. georgemariolisi sp. nov., is separated from the other four species by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal species by the following unique suite of characters: 59-60 dorsal rows, 30-31 mid-body rows, 42-44 lamellae on finger 4 and 59-61 rows, 31-32 mid-body rows, 41-43 lamellae on finger 4 and 57-59 lamellae on toe 4. lamellae on toe 4. All five species (previously treated as N. concolor) are readily N. karlagambellae sp. nov. is separated from the other four species separated from all other Emoia sensu lato species, including all by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal rows, 30- species in the genus Notanemoia gen. nov. as defined elsewhere 31 mid-body rows, 44-45 lamellae on finger 4 and 62-63 lamellae in this paper by the following suite of characters: Scales on the on toe 4. body are of a moderate size; adults of slender build and in excess N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. is separated from the other four of 55 mm snout-vent length; dorsally with green to greenish tan species by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal head and body; back and head are never silvery-grey, never have rows, 30-31 mid-body rows, 42-44 lamellae on finger 4 and 59-61 a mid-dorsal stripe and the tail is never blue or green; 27-33 lamellae on toe 4. midbody scale rows; less than 90 scales from head to base of tail; All five species (previously treated as N. concolor) are readily 43-65 lamellae beneath the fourth toe of the hind foot. separated from all other Emoia sensu lato species, including all Distribution: N. karlagambellae sp. nov. occurs on the island of species in the genus Notanemoia gen. nov. as defined elsewhere Gau, Fiji and potentially no other place, although it may occur on in this paper by the following suite of characters: Scales on the one or two nearby islands to the immediate north. body are of a moderate size; adults of slender build and in excess All are separated from Viti Levu, by deep sea passages not of 55 mm snout-vent length; dorsally with green to greenish tan breached during ice-age sea level drops. head and body; back and head are never silvery-grey, never have Etymology: Named in honour of Karla Gambell of Burwood, a mid-dorsal stripe and the tail is never blue or green; 27-33 Victoria, wife of George Mariolis and also a former body-building midbody scale rows; less than 90 scales from head to base of tail; champion and former of owner of Definition Fitness Centre in East 43-65 lamellae beneath the fourth toe of the hind foot. Doncaster, Victoria and also now a highly sought-after personal Distribution: N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov. with a type locality of (fitness) trainer at several venues, for services to the health and Taveuni Island, is belived to occur also on Vanua Levu, Yadua and well-being of many Australians over many decades. potentially tiny outliers to the north of the strait between these Comment: The island of Gau, Fiji, as well as Nairai and Koro to islands and Viti Levu / Ovalau further south. the north almost certainly have yet further unrecognized Etymology: Named in honour of Cathy Sonnemann, wife of Neil herpetological diversity due to their relative islation, even in times Sonnemann, a herpetological icon in Australia, in recognition of her of sea level minimum during recent glacial maxima. Habitat services assisting to Neil Sonnemann’s important work in destruction in the form of land clearing and introduced pests herpetology. threaten much of this biodiversity and it needs to be catalogued Neil Sonnemann is best known as a world-leader in captive and properly managed to prevent extinctions as soon as possible. breeding numerous kinds of Australian reptiles, in particular NOTANEMOIA CATHYSONNEMANNAE SP. NOV. pythons and geckos. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:B4199E15-93A1-4D72-9D36- Some of the immaculate reptiles used in Snakebusters: Australia’s 207D49E8179F best reptile shows for the only hands on reptile shows in Australia Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Comparative that let people hold the animals came from the Sonnemann Zoology, Harvard University, USA, Specimen number: Herps MCZ breeding facility. 48, collected from Taveuni, Fiji. The Museum of Comparative NOTANEMOIA NEILSONNEMANNI SP. NOV. Zoology, Harvard University allows access to its holdings. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3B4D3FA4-ABD2-4900-8FF5- Diagnosis: The species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., N. 4F40EB3618F7 karlagambellae sp. nov., N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. and N. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the American Museum of cathysonnemannae sp. nov. have all until now been treated as Natural History, New York, USA, specimen number: AMNH populations of the species N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) and would Herpetology 41706, collected from Matuku, Fiji. until now have keyed out as this species using the keys of Brown The American Museum of Natural History, New York, USA allows (1991) or Zug (1991). access to its holdings. All can be separated from one another by morphological Paratypes: Six preserved specimens at the Smithsonian United differences as outlined herein. States National Museum (USNM), Washington, DC, USA, The specimens from Kadavu (AKA Kandavu), are herein assigned specimen numbers: USNM Herps 230221-26, collected from to the species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., those from the Matuku, Fiji. island of Gau are herein assigned to the species N. karlagambellae Diagnosis: The species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov., N. sp. nov., those from Taveuni Island, Vanua Levu and outliers to the karlagambellae sp. nov., N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. and N. north of the strait between these islands and Viti Levu / Taveuni are cathysonnemannae sp. nov. have all until now been treated as assigned to the species N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov., while populations of the species N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) and would those from Matuku and potentially other small islands to the north until now have keyed out as this species using the keys of Brown are assigned to the species N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov.. (1991) or Zug (1991). The species N. concolor is herein restricted to Vita Levu and nearby Ovalau and includes the synonymous name N. resplendens All can be separated from one another by morphological (Peters. 1877). differences as outlined herein. Diagnostic features separating the five taxa are outlined in Zug The specimens from Kadavu (AKA Kandavu), are herein assigned (1991) and the most important ones are abridged and given here to the species Notanemoia georgemariolisi sp. nov.; those from the as the formal diagnosis for all five species in terms of separating island of Gau are herein assigned to the species N. karlagambellae them from one another. sp. nov.; those from Taveuni Island, Vanua Levu and immediately adjacent outliers to the north of the strait between these islands N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov. is separated from the other four and Viti Levu / Taveuni (to the south) are assigned to the species species by the following unique suite of characters: 56-58 dorsal N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov., while those from Matuku and rows, 20-29 mid-body rows, 34-36 lamellae on finger 4 and 47-48 potentially other small islands to the north in the Lau Group are lamellae on toe 4. assigned to the species N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov..

The species N. concolor is herein restricted to Vita Levu and populations of the same species, until now called Emoia parkeri nearby Ovalau and includes the synonymous name N. resplendens Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980. (Peters. 1877). There are at least three separate populations of all of which are Diagnostic features separating the five taxa are outlined in Zug both genetically and morphologically divergent from one another, (1991) and the most important ones are abridged and given here separated by deep water barriers and therefore given the status as the formal diagnosis for all five species in terms of separating herein as separate but similar species. them from one another. All would until now have been keyed out or identified as “Emoia N. neilsonnemanni sp. nov. is separated from the other four parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980”, which is the same species by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal diagnosis as for the subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov.. rows, 30-31 mid-body rows, 42-44 lamellae on finger 4 and 59-61 The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia lamellae on toe 4. parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus N. cathysonnemannae sp. nov. is separated from the other four Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the species by the following unique suite of characters: 56-58 dorsal genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., rows, 20-29 mid-body rows, 34-36 lamellae on finger 4 and 47-48 Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, lamellae on toe 4. 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly N. concolor (Duméril, 1851) is separated from the other four dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan species by the following unique suite of characters: 57-58 dorsal or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk rows, 29-30 mid-body rows, 36-37 lamellae on finger 4 and 49-51 brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of lamellae on toe 4. head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse N. georgemariolisi sp. nov., is separated from the other four markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral species by the following unique suite of characters: 59-60 dorsal stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal rows, 31-32 mid-body rows, 41-43 lamellae on finger 4 and 57-59 scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and lamellae on toe 4. frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody 26-33. N. karlagambellae sp. nov. is separated from the other four species by the following unique suite of characters: 58-59 dorsal rows, 30- Nominate Aintemoia parkeri is herein restricted to Viti Levu Island, 31 mid-body rows, 44-45 lamellae on finger 4 and 62-63 lamellae Fiji. A. dannygoodwini sp. nov. occurs on Vanua Levu and Tavenui on toe 4. islands, Fiji. A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. is found on Kadavu Island, Fiji and potentially islets immediately to the north-east. All five species (previously treated as N. concolor) are readily separated from all other Emoia sensu lato species, including all The three species, A dannygoodwini sp. nov., A. parkeri and A. species in the genus Notanemoia gen. nov. as defined elsewhere latishadarwinae sp. nov. are most readily separated from one in this paper by the following suite of characters: Scales on the another by differences in colouration. body are of a moderate size; adults of slender build and in excess A. parkeri is characterised and separated from both other species of 55 mm snout-vent length; dorsally with green to greenish tan by a black stripe commencing in front of the eye, running under it head and body; back and head are never silvery-grey, never have and then as thick unbroken line past the top of the ear and along a mid-dorsal stripe and the tail is never blue or green; 27-33 the flank past the front leg after which it breaks and becomes midbody scale rows; less than 90 scales from head to base of tail; broken by the brown colouration that dominates the dorsal surface 43-65 lamellae beneath the fourth toe of the hind foot. and rear flanks. By contrast A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. is of Distribution: N. neilonnemannae sp. nov. with a type locality of similar dorsal colouration to A. parkeri but the same black stripe on Matuku, Fiji, is only known from there but may also be found on A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. commences only from the back of the tiny islands to the north in the Lau group of islands. eye (not in front of it) and has one or more well-defined breaks in it before the front leg. The species A. dannygoodwini sp. nov. is also Etymology: Named in honour of Neil Sonnemann, of husband and similar to both other species (A. parkeri and A. latishadarwinae sp. wife team “Sonnemann’s Snakes”. Neil Sonnemann is a nov.), in this case with the black stripe starting from the front of the herpetological icon in Australia, and this species is named in his eye, being similar to that of A. parkeri, but is separated from both honour. other species by a generally lighter dorsal colouration (medium, Neil Sonnemann is best known as a world-leader in captive versus dark brown on top) and whitish upper labials, versus breeding numerous kinds of Australian reptiles, in particular yellowish in A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. and brownish in A. parkeri. pythons and geckos, although his achievements and work in Distribution: A. dannygoodwini sp. nov. is restricted to the islands herpetology goes way beyond this and has been largely out of of Vanua Levu and Tavenui, Fiji. public view. Some of the immaculate reptiles used in Snakebusters: Australia’s Etymology: Named in honour of Danny Goodwin of Inverloch, best reptile shows for the only hands on reptile shows in Australia Victoria, Australia, in recognition of many years of important work that let people hold the animals came from the Sonnemann in Australian herpetology, in the main part being assisting better breeding facility. Many tens of thousands of people who would known scientists in their research projects, publications and the previously have hated snakes have had the benefit of holding like and commonly doing the harder work that avoids official Sonnemann’s snakes at Snakebusters reptile shows and been recognition or even recognition from peers. converted to the cause of wildlife conservation. AINTEMOIA LATISHADARWINAE SP. NOV. AINTEMOIA DANNYGOODWINI SP. NOV. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:533F3068-595F-4724-A720- LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:26DD36CB-DDA5-4C37-8FEB- 6352CF168181 75F9DC4BDDE4 Holotype: A preserved specimen at the California Academy of Holotype: A preserved specimen at the US National Museum Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number: CAS USNM, aka Smithsonian at Washington, DC, USA, herpetology HERP 147570, collected from 3 km South of Richmond High collection, specimen number: 322474 from Vanua Levu, Fiji. This School, Kadavu, Fiji. This facility allows access to its holdings. facility allows access to its holdings. Paratypes: Three more preserved specimens at the California Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural History Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA, specimen (UK), aka British Museum of Natural History, London, United number: CAS HERP 147571-3, also collected from Kadavu, Fiji. Kingdom, specimen number: BMNH 1938.8.2.11 collected from Diagnosis: The species Aintemoia latishadarwinae sp. nov., A. Tavenui, Fiji. dannygoodwini sp. nov. and A. parkeri (Brown, Pernetta and Diagnosis: The species Aintemoia dannygoodwini sp. nov., A. Watling, 1980) have until now all been treated as separate island latishadarwinae sp. nov. and A. parkeri (Brown, Pernetta and populations of the same species, until now called Emoia parkeri Watling, 1980) have until now all been treated as separate island Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980.

There are at least three separate populations of all of which are only from the Fiji Islands, is readily separated from all other both genetically and morphologically divergent from one another, species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined separated by deep water barriers and therefore given the status herein by the following unique combination of characters: 8-10, herein as separate but similar species. supracilliaries, 7-12 scales on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 All would until now have been keyed out or identified as “Emoia dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980”, which is the same toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than diagnosis as for the subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov.. long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one The subgenus Paraemoia subgen. nov. (type species Emoia side), 33-41 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parkeri Brown, Pernetta and Watling, 1980) within the genus parietals to tail. Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from all other species within the C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined 1857 by the following suite of characters: Dorsum not uniformly herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9 dark; dorsal ground color of head and body in shades of olive, tan supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 or medium to light brown and iridescent; if ground color of trunk dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front brown, sides with darker bars, spots or stripes; ground color of toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than head and body tan, brown or olive, lateral pattern of sparse long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one markings to boldly marked; trunk with dark dorsolateral and lateral side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows stripes and greenish bronze vertebral stripe, number of middorsal parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua scales from nape to base of tail 72 or fewer; interparietal and blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 frontoparietal scales separate; number of scales around midbody percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. 26-33. C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and Nominate Aintemoia parkeri is herein restricted to Viti Levu Island, other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. Fiji. A. dannygoodwini sp. nov. occurs on Vanua Levu and Tavenui stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. islands, Fiji. A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. is found on Kadavu Island, craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any Fiji and potentially islets immediately to the north-east. obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation The three species, A dannygoodwini sp. nov., A. parkeri and A. on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined latishadarwinae sp. nov. are most readily separated from one white demarcation on the lower flanks. another by differences in colouration. It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, A. parkeri is characterised and separated from both other species supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 by a black stripe commencing in front of the eye, running under it dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front and then as thick unbroken line past the top of the ear and along toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than the flank past the front leg after which it breaks and becomes long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one broken by the brown colouration that dominates the dorsal surface side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows and rear flanks. By contrast A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. is of parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue similar dorsal colouration to A. parkeri but the same black stripe on in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. commences only from the back of the becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. eye (not in front of it) and has one or more well-defined breaks in it C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of before the front leg. The species A. dannygoodwini sp. nov. is also C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. similar to both other species (A. parkeri and A. latishadarwinae sp. clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- nov.), in this case with the black stripe starting from the front of the defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, eye, being similar to that of A. parkeri, but is separated from both usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- other species by a generally lighter dorsal colouration (medium, defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white versus dark brown on top) and whitish upper labials, versus line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This yellowish in A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. and brownish in A. parkeri. demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further Distribution: A. latishadarwinae sp. nov. is restricted to the island defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the of Kadavu, Fiji and potentially immediately adjacent islets to the upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes north east. of all four feet. Etymology: Named in honour of Latisha Darwin manager of the C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in Brush Ski Lodge, Mount Hotham, Victoria, for some years the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most preceding 2018, in recognition for her services to the downhill respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon snow skiing and snowboarding industry, including actively diverting by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower young Australians and foreigners away from their mobile phones labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) and computers and actually engaging in outdoor sport, exercise and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the and appreciation of their natural environment. rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS STEVEBENNETTI SP. NOV. the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:58319D6C-8AE5-466E-BC2B- It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, C8248D2472BC supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 Holotype: A preserved specimen at the United States National dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front Museum (now National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than Institution; Washington, DC), USA, specimen number: USNM long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one 333793, collected at 3km east of Somosomo at 600 metres side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows elevation, Taveuni, Fiji. parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue The National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian Institution; in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent Washington, DC, USA, allows access to its holdings. becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. Paratypes: 13 preserved specimens at the United States National C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. Museum (now National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs Institution; Washington, DC), USA, specimen numbers: USNM from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. 333794-333806, collected at Taveuni, Fiji. craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus stevebennetti sp. nov. known

Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as caeruleocauda. recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, dorsal scale rows between separated from all other species in the genus parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint lower labials. or absent (modified from Brown 1991). C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most Distribution: Known only from the Fiji Island of Taveuni and respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is potentially Vitu Levu. separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear Etymology: Named in honour of Steve Bennett of Narre Warren, toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus Victoria, Australia for services to herpetology and wildlife 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two conservation in general, including through logistical assistances to species from all others in the genus. Snakebusters: Australia’s best reptiles shows and as a personal C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from fitness trainer for members of our team. all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS LUCYBENNETTAE SP. NOV. the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:58EB4678-DC35-490A-9039- of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour 26EA5D9109A7 consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and Holotype: A preserved specimen at the United States National broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks Museum (now National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered Institution; Washington, DC), USA, specimen number: USNM chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far 333943, collected at Efate, Vanuatu. from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or The National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian Institution; makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper Washington, DC, USA, allows access to its holdings. hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and Paratypes: 28 preserved specimens at the United States National there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the Museum (now National Museum of Natural History; Smithsonian anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown Institution; Washington, DC), USA, specimen numbers: USNM in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. 333941, 333944-49, 333959-62, 333953-66, 333968, 333970, C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New 333972-73 collected at Efate, Vanuatu. Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus lucybennettae sp. nov. known genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 only from Efate, Vanuatu and immediately adjacent islands is infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on readily separated from all other species in the genus the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes unique combination of characters: 7-9, supracilliaries, 8-11 scales becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 32-38 lamellae on banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows parietals to tail, the tail blue is background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue in the other species in deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent becoming a distinct behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no brown in colour in both sexes. more than 20 per cent of the tail length. C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is separated from all other species in the genus readily separated from the other species in the genus by Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following colouration including a general absence of any black line running unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. finger of the foot. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has white demarcation on the lower flanks. some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 30 Australasian Journal of Herpetology parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from of all four feet. behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in more than 20 per cent of the tail length. the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon readily separated from the other species in the genus by by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower colouration including a general absence of any black line running labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front finger of the foot. toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as caeruleocauda. recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between separated from all other species in the genus parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint lower labials. or absent (modified from Brown 1991). C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most Distribution: Known only from Efate, Vanuatu and immediately respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is adjacent islands. separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear Etymology: Named in honour of Lucy Bennett, wife of Steve toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus Bennett of Narre Warren, Victoria, Australia for her services to 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two herpetology and wildlife conservation in general, including through species from all others in the genus. logistical assistances to Snakebusters: Australia’s best reptiles C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from shows and moving bulky materials used to maintain our scientific all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by research facility. the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS CLIVEBENNETTI SP. NOV. of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:B33EA1E5-3D32-4363-BD6B- consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and 1C92240B7C88 broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number: R69554 chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far collected at Kira Kira, San Cristobal, Solomon Islands, Latitude from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or 10.50 S., Longitude 161.93 E. The government-owned Australian makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia allows access to hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and its holdings. there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the Paratypes: 57 preserved specimens all from San Cristobal, anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown Solomon Islands, specimen numbers, AMS R69555-56, R80155- in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. 58 and R93496 all at the Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 31

Wales, Australia, specimen numbers, CAS 72228-29 at the becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. and specimen numbers MCZ 14552-60, 14562-71, 14573-76 craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs and14595-619 all at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. University in Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus clivebennetti sp. nov. known Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale only from San Cristobal Island and other nearby islands in the aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. Solomons, is separated from all of C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. caeruleocauda. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth Bougainville by adult males lacking any obvious mid-dorsal stripe toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. and no well-defined white demarcation on the lower flanks and C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is adult females also without well-defined white demarcation on the separated from all other species in the genus lower flanks. Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue lower labials. in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear separated from all other species in the genus toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales species from all others in the genus. on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from of all four feet. behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in more than 20 per cent of the tail length. the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon readily separated from the other species in the genus by by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower colouration including a general absence of any black line running labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front finger of the foot. toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C.

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 32 Australasian Journal of Herpetology drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark white demarcation on the lower flanks. pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the or absent (modified from Brown 1991). upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes Distribution: Known only from San Cristobal, Solomon Islands of all four feet. and immediately adjacent smaller islands. C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in Etymology: Named in honour of the late Clive Bennett of the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most Kempsey, New South Wales, Australia, formerly a wildlife officer respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon with the New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower (NPWS/NSW) for his services to wildlife conservation in Australia labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) by way of exposing serious endemic corruption within his and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the government bureaucracy and the associated business at Taronga rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the Park Zoo in Mosman, New South Wales, Australia. tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS CRAIGBENNETTI SP. NOV. the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:EF0F7F2B-8A15-4D0A-97E2- It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, 2B3067D4678E supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number: R11466 toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than collected at Buin, South Bouganville, Latitude 6.83 S., Longitude long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one 155.73 E. The government-owned Australian Museum in Sydney, side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows New South Wales, Australia allows access to its holdings. parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent Paratypes: 87 preserved specimens all from Bougainville, becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. specimen numbers, AMS R11467, R18812, R420I2 and R55986- 87 all at the Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. Australia, specimen numbers, CAS 94006. 107410-15, 108380- craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs 421, 108982, 108984-87 and 110166-200 all at the California from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, USA. craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus stevebennetti sp. nov. known aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. only from the Fiji Islands, is readily separated from all other caeruleocauda. species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following unique combination of characters: 8-10, C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth supracilliaries, 7-12 scales on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than separated from all other species in the genus long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique side), 33-41 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, parietals to tail. 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 lower labials. dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 species from all others in the genus. percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 33

chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far collected at New Georgia, Solomon Islands, Latitude 8.13 S., from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or Longitude 157.52 E. This facility allows access to its holdings. makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper Paratype: Two preserved specimens at the Field Museum of hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, USA, specimen number: FMNH there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the 41317 collected at Kolombangara Island in the New Georgia group anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown in the Solomon Islands, Latitude 8.02 S., Longidude 157.05 E. in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus stevebennetti sp. nov. known C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New only from the Fiji Islands, is readily separated from all other Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 herein by the following unique combination of characters: 8-10, infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on supracilliaries, 7-12 scales on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify side), 33-41 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. parietals to tail. In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 more than 20 per cent of the tail length. dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than readily separated from the other species in the genus by long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one colouration including a general absence of any black line running side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any finger of the foot. obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that white demarcation on the lower flanks. taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in of all four feet. life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most or absent (modified from Brown 1991). respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon Distribution: Known only from Bougainville Island in the territory of by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower Papua New Guinea. labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) Etymology: Named in honour of Craig Bennett of Sydney, New and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the South Wales, Australia who in his youth, while living at St. Ives rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the assisted this author in fieldwork studying Death Adders tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that Acanthophis antarcticus (Shaw and Nodder, 1802) in the 1970’s the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. and 1980’s and who in later life has become a well-known show-biz It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, commentator on daytime television on Network Ten Australia. supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS BRETTBARNETTI SP. NOV. dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:4A17FFB0-824E-4B56-9D76- toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than 1F6DD6A3B92E long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Field Museum of Natural side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows History, Chicago, Illinois, USA, specimen number: FMNH 41317 parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 34 Australasian Journal of Herpetology in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has caeruleocauda. some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. separated from all other species in the genus The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between lower labials. parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in species from all others in the genus. life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from or absent (modified from Brown 1991). all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe Distribution: Known only from the new Georgia group of islands in of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour the Solomon Islands. consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and Etymology: Named in honour of Brett Barnett of Ardeer in Victoria, broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks Australia for services to herpetology spanning some decades are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered including in particular his excellent logistical support for activities chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far by the Victorian Herpetological Society (VHS), including the from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or organisation of and running of reptile expos on an annual basis, makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper including in terms of security, noting that the ongoing threats of hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and disruptions, thefts of reptiles and other forms of attack of wildlife there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the displays by people seeking to undermine them for their own anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown commercial self-interest is a serious problem in Australia in the in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. period post-dating about 2006 to present (2019). C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS WILLIAMBENNETTI SP. NOV. Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:7EFB2D83-B1F1-4D32-81C9- genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 6B9482BB8D43 infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum in the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen number R28906 of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes collected at Talasea, New Britain, Latitude 5.30 S., Longitude becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. 150.05 E. This government-owned facility allows access to its triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify holdings. as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. Paratype: Six preserved specimens at the Australian Museum in In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen numbers R28930- banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark 31 and R28962-65 collected at Talasea, New Britain, Latitude 5.30 background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a S., Longitude 150.05 E. deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus williambennetti sp. nov. from behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no the Bismark Archipelago is separated from all other species in the more than 20 per cent of the tail length. genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, readily separated from the other species in the genus by 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average colouration including a general absence of any black line running number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout lower labials. becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear finger of the foot. toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that species from all others in the genus. taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has separated from all other species in the genus Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 35

Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. white demarcation on the lower flanks. In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one more than 20 per cent of the tail length. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue readily separated from the other species in the genus by in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent colouration including a general absence of any black line running becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This finger of the foot. demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or of all four feet. more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. or absent (modified from Brown 1991). craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. Distribution: Known only from the Bismark islands of New Britain Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale and New Ireland and immediately adjacent small islands. aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. Etymology: Named in honour of the late William (Bill) Bennett of caeruleocauda. Saint Clair in western Sydney, New South Wales, later of Young in

New South Wales, Australia for services to herpetology and wildlife in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent conservation in general, including through logistical assistances to becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. this author when conducting fieldwork in remote areas, including in C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of the form of emergency car repairs and the like in the 1970’s and C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. 1980’s. clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS KAMAHLBENNETTI SP. NOV. defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:14D35B4D-8381-4FDF-A781- usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- 0F8E68674668 defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white Holotype: A preserved specimen at the at the Museum of line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This Comparative Zoology, Harvard University in Cambridge, demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further Massachusetts, USA., specimen number MCZ 144390 collected at defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the Mussau Island in the St. Matthias Group in the New Ireland upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes Province of Papua New Guinea, Latitude 1.41 S., Longitude of all four feet. 149.61 E. This facility allows inspection of its holdings. C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in Paratype: A preserved specimen at the at the Museum of the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most Comparative Zoology, Harvard University in Cambridge, respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon Massachusetts, USA., specimen number MCZ 156186 collected at by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower Mussau Island in the St. Matthias Group in the New Ireland labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) Province of Papua New Guinea, Latitude 1.41 S., Longitude 149.61 and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the E. rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus williambennetti sp. nov. from the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. the Bismark Archipelago is separated from all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue lower labials. in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. species from all others in the genus. Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily caeruleocauda. separated from all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. white demarcation on the lower flanks. In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one more than 20 per cent of the tail length. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue readily separated from the other species in the genus by Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 37

colouration including a general absence of any black line running toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly species from all others in the genus. up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout separated from all other species in the genus becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, finger of the foot. 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in white demarcation on the lower flanks. life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 or absent (modified from Brown 1991). dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front Distribution: Known only from Mussau Island in the St. Matthias toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than Group of Islands, New Ireland Province in Papua New Guinea. long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one Etymology: Named in honour of Kamahl Bennett of St. Clair, New side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows South Wales, Australia, son of the late William (Bill) Bennett of parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue Saint Clair in western Sydney, New South Wales, later of Young in in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent New South Wales, Australia also for services to herpetology and becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. wildlife conservation in general, including through logistical C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of assistances to this author when conducting fieldwork in remote C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. areas, assisting in photographic assignments and the like. clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS DRUBENNETTI SP. NOV. defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:969C68D5-F98A-4FBE-BC12- usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- C3FA46D5BCAD defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white Holotype: A preserved specimen at the at the Museum of line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This Comparative Zoology, Harvard University in Cambridge, demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further Massachusetts, USA., specimen number R-139526, collected at defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the Emeti on the Bamu River, Western Province, Papua New Guinea, upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes Latitude 7.87 S., Longitude 143.25 E. of all four feet. This facility allows inspection of its holdings. C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most Paratype: Two preserved specimens at the at the Museum of respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon Comparative Zoology, Harvard University in Cambridge, by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower Massachusetts, USA., specimen numbers R-139527-28, collected labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) at Emeti on the Bamu River, Western Province, Papua New and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the Guinea, Latitude 7.87 S., Longitude 143.25 E. rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus williambennetti sp. nov. from tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that the Bismark Archipelago is separated from all other species in the the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue lower labials. in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 38 Australasian Journal of Herpetology from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. or absent (modified from Brown 1991). craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. Distribution: Known only from southern Papua New Guinea in the Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale region of the Gulf and Western provinces. aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. Etymology: Named in honour of Dru Bennett of St. Clair, New caeruleocauda. South Wales, Australia, son of the late William (Bill) Bennett of C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth Saint Clair in western Sydney, New South Wales, later of Young in toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. New South Wales, Australia also for services to herpetology and C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from wildlife conservation in general, including through logistical all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by assistances to this author when conducting fieldwork in remote the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe areas, organising specimens for inspection and study and the like of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour in the 1970’s and 1980’s. consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS JAIBENNETTI SP. NOV. broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:8D301157-D468-4330-891A- are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered 9DBCE71D531D chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far Holotype: A preserved specimen at the at the Field Museum of from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or Natural History, 1400 S Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, Illinois, 60605, makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper USA., specimen number FMNH 63692, collected at Kechil Island hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and off the north coast of Borneo, Sabah, Malaysia. This facility allows there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the access to its holdings. anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. Paratype: A preserved specimen at the at the Field Museum of Natural History, 1400 S Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, Illinois, 60605, C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New USA., specimen number FMNH 63693, collected at Kechil Island Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the off the north coast of Borneo, Sabah, Malaysia. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on Diagnosis: Caeruleocaudascincus jaibennetti sp. nov. from north the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger of Borneo and the Phillippines is readily separated from the other of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes species in the genus by colouration including a general absence of becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. any black line running down the anterior part of the upper part of triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify the tail and the lower flanks having distinctive upward incursions of as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. white from the belly up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are of the snout becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark distinctive yellow spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a characterised by having 51-59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31- deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from 43 lamellae on the fourth finger of the foot. behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no more than 20 per cent of the tail length. C. williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark Archipelago is separated from all other species in the genus C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique readily separated from the other species in the genus by combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, colouration including a general absence of any black line running 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow lower labials. spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most finger of the foot. respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or species from all others in the genus. more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark separated from all other species in the genus pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25

percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. white demarcation on the lower flanks. In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one more than 20 per cent of the tail length. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows The species C. danielbennetti sp. nov. is similar in most respects parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see above) but is separated from that in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent taxon by having 29 or more mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. more in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of some peppering on the white upper labials, (not seen in C. C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- pigment at the rear of each of the head-shields than anterior, defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, versus fairly evenly distributed in C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera of all four feet. formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, or absent (modified from Brown 1991). supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 Distribution: Known only from the north of Borneo and the dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front Phillippines, including adjacent islands. toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than Etymology: Named in honour of Jai Bennett of St. Clair, New long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one South Wales, Australia, son of the late William (Bill) Bennett of side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows Saint Clair in western Sydney, New South Wales, later of Young in parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue New South Wales, Australia also for services to herpetology and in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent wildlife conservation in general, including through logistical becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. assistances to this author when conducting fieldwork in remote C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. areas in the 1970’s and 1980’s, as well as in the early 1980’s craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs protecting the breeding and research facility at 170 Lawson Street, from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. Redfern, New South Wales, Australia from attacks and thefts. craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. CAERULEOCAUDASCINCUS DANIELBENNETTI SP. NOV. Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:271F9DA1-08DA-451D-AF56- aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. 0796C5077D04 caeruleocauda. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth History, London, UK, specimen number toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. 1980.940-941, collected from Pasir Pandjang, East of Tamuranko, C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from Sulawesi, Indonesia. The Museum of Natural History, London, UK all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by allows access to its holdings. the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Natural of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour History, London, UK, specimen number consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and 1985.1316 collected from Toraut, Dumoga-Bone National Park, broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks Sulawesi, Indonesia at 300 metres elevation. are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered Diagnosis: The species Caeruleocaudascincus danielbennetti sp. chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far nov. is similar in most respects to C. drubennetti sp. nov. (see from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or detail below) but is separated from that taxon by having 29 or more makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper mid-body scale rows (versus 27 or more in C. drubennetti sp. hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and nov.). C. danielbennetti sp. nov. also has some peppering on the there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the white upper labials, (not seen in C. drubennetti sp. nov.). C. anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown danielbennetti sp. nov. has more dark pigment at the rear of each in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. of the head-shields than anterior, versus fairly evenly distributed in C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New C. danielbennetti sp. nov.. Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the

Caeruleocaudascincus williambennetti sp. nov. from the Bismark the tip of the tail is almost blackish in appearance. Archipelago is separated from all other species in the genus It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by the following unique supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 combination of characters: 37-43 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front 50-58 scale rows parietals to tail, 31-35 mid body rows (an average toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than number much higher than for all other species in the genus), well long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one defined immaculate yellowish stripes on the dorsal surface and side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows flanks, which are otherwise an immaculate chocolate brownish parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue black, legs scaly in pattern and not striped and immaculate white in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent lower labials. becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. C. kamahlbenneti sp. nov. from St. Matthias is similar in most C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 is similar in most respects to C. respects to C. williambennetti sp. nov. as defined herein, but is craigbennetti sp. nov. but whereas a black mid-dorsal stripe runs separated from that species by 44-54 lamellae on the fourth rear from just behind the pelvis down about half the tail of C. toe (versus 37-43) and 53-64 scale rows parietals to tail (versus craigbennetti sp. nov. this is not the case for C. caeruleocauda. 50-58). The combined suite of characters thus separates these two Adult C. craigbennetti sp. nov. are characterised by a mainly pale species from all others in the genus. aqua blue tail, versus strong and generally immaculate aqua in C. C. stevebennetti sp. nov. known only from the Fiji Islands, is readily caeruleocauda. separated from all other species in the genus C. caeruleocauda De Vis, 1892 has 40-49 lamellae on the fourth Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined herein by the following toe of the hind foot and 52-57 scale rows parietals to tail. unique combination of characters: 8-10, supracilliaries, 7-12 scales C. werneri Vogt, 1912 from the Mariana Islands, is separated from on the eyelid, 6-8 infralabials, 56-60 dorsals, 31-36 mid-body rows, all other species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. by 25-28 lamellae on the fourth front toe (the first proximal lamella the following suite of characters: 36-45 lamellae on the fourth toe counted is the first scale wider than long in contact with a large of the hind foot; 52-59 scale rows parietals to tail; the colour lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one side), 33-41 lamellae on consists of mid dorsal and dosolateral stripes being light brown and the fourth rear toe, 56-59 scale rows parietals to tail. broken by darker scales in a peppered manner, stripes on th flanks C. lucybennettae sp. nov. known only from Efate, Vanuatu, and are very indistinct and the rest of the upper body is a peppered immediately adjacent islands is readily separated from all other chocolate brown on a blackish background, but by any view, far species in the genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. as defined from immaculate. Limbs and feet lack any obvious stripes or herein by the following unique combination of characters: 7-9, makings, save for a few indistinct spots or specks on the upper supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 hind limbs. The blue on the tail is often broken with brown and dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front there is no obvious dark stripe running down the midline of the toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than anterior part of the tail. The front of the head is mottled light brown long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one in colour becoming whiteish at the top of the snout. side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows C. drubennetti sp. nov. from the Gulf province of southern New parietals to tail, the tail blue is a deep sky blue (as opposed to aqua Guinea and nearby areas is readily separated from all others in the blue in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 genus by 8-10 supraciliaries, 9-13 scales on the eyelid, 6-7 percent becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. infralabials, 53-59 dorsals, 27-33 mid body rows, 21-28 lamellae on C. clivebennetti sp. nov. known only from San Cristobal Island and the fourth finger of the toe and 30-39 lamellae on the fourth finger other nearby islands in the Solomons, is separated from all of C. of the foot, 53-59 scale rows parietals to tail, and body stripes stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. becoming blue anterior to the tail, versus posterior to the tail in C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville by adult males lacking any triviale (Schütz, 1929) which is otherwise similar and would identify obvious mid-dorsal stripe and no well-defined white demarcation as the same species in terms of separation from the rest. on the lower flanks and adult females also without well-defined In both species C. drubennetti sp. nov. and C. triviale the toes are white demarcation on the lower flanks. banded black and yellow, the dorsal pattern of stripes on a dark It is also defined by the following suite of characters: 7-9, background is immaculate and the rear end of the tail is usually a supracilliaries, 8-11 scales on the eyelid, 5-6 infralabials, 52-58 deep aqua colour. The dorsolateral black stripe running from dorsals, 29-33 mid-body rows, 21-26 lamellae on the fourth front behind the pelvic girdle is only short and invariably at best runs no toe (the first proximal lamella counted is the first scale wider than more than 20 per cent of the tail length. long in contact with a large lateral/dorsal digit scale on at least one C. jaibennetti sp. nov. from north of Borneo and the Phillippines is side), 32-38 lamellae on the fourth rear toe, 51-60 scale rows readily separated from the other species in the genus by parietals to tail, the tail blue is a sky blue (as opposed to aqua blue colouration including a general absence of any black line running in the other species in the genus) and with the last 15-25 percent down the anterior part of the upper part of the tail and the lower becoming a distinct brown in colour in both sexes. flanks having distinctive upward incursions of white from the belly C. craigbennetti sp. nov. from Bougainville, is separated from all of up the lower flanks. The tail is bright aqua blue at the anterior end, C. stevebennetti sp. nov., C. lucybennettae sp. nov. and C. becoming sky blue towards the rear; the front of the snout clivebennetti sp. nov., by adult males being characterised by a well- becomes yellowish and the upper rear legs have distinctive yellow defined light coloured mid-dorsal stripe of about one scale’s width, spots. C. jaibennetti sp. nov. is further characterised by having 51- usually with little or no blue on the tail and females with a well- 59 scale rows parietals to tail and 31-43 lamellae on the fourth defined dorsal pattern of stripes and including a well-defined white finger of the foot. line demarcating darker zones on the lower flanks. This The genus Caeruleocaudascincus gen. nov. has until now been demarcation line is light orangeish white. Females are further treated as being part of Emoia Gray, 1845 and includes the so- defined by having a well defined orange stripe running down the called superspecies known until now as Emoia caeruleocauda De upper surface of all four limbs and distinctive banding on the toes Vis, 1892. In line with the findings of others, this taxon as of all four feet. recognized to date is treated as a composite of several species. All C. brettbarnetti sp. nov. from the New Georgia group of Islands in are readily separated from Emoia sensu lato and the other genera the Western Province of Solomon Islands are similar in most formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of respects to C. craigbennetti sp. nov. but separated from that taxon characters: Premaxillary teeth 11, Dorsal scale rows between by the presence of significant peppering of grey on the rear lower parietals and base of tail 39-87; midbody scale rows 22-44. labials in males (versus immaculate in C. craigbennetti sp. nov.) Parietal eye present. Anterior loreal distinctly shorter and higher. and the presence of well defined dark blackish-blue etchings at the Palate beta-type. Nasal bones not fused. Subdigital fouth toe rear of each scale on the mid section of the dorsal surface of the lamellae rounded; 33-54 (rarely more than 48 except for tail giving barred appearance. These bars expand in width so that Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 41

populations in the Admiralty and St. Matthias islands); color the Lau group of islands, Fiji. pattern: dorsally black with pale, narrow vertebral stripe (golden in Diagnosis: Aintemoia michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. and A. life) from tip of snout to near base of tail but not merging into blue rosssadlieri sp. nov. have until now been regarded as outlier of tail, pale dorsolateral stripes; or more brownish with stripes faint populations of Emoia trossula Brown and Gibbons, 1986, herein or absent (modified from Brown 1991). placed in the genus Aintemoia gen. nov.. Distribution: Sulawesi and immediately adjacent offshore islands. Aintemoia michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is from the island of Aiwa in Etymology: Named in honour of Daniel Bennett a UK-based the Lau Group of islands, Fiji and may be restricted to this island, monitor (Varanidae) enthusiast, in recognition of his excellent texts although only further fieldwork in the island group will establish the on monitor lizards including Bennett (1998). extent of distribution. VENTRIPALLIDUSSCINCUS GRAYSONOCONNORI SP. NOV. A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. is from the island of Kadavu, Fiji. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:619962A1-2F2B-4A78-B9CA- Aintemoia michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is readily separated from 187F81D1D336 both A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. and A. trossula Brown and Gibbons, Holotype: A preserved specimen in the California Academy of 1986 by the following suite of characters: less than 34 lamellae on Sciences, San Francisco, USA, reptile collection, specimen the fourth finger, versus more than 35 in the other two species; number: CAS 156058 collected at Gizo Island in the New Georgia less than 48 lamellae on the fourth (rear) toe, versus 49-51 in A. Group of the Solomon Islands, Latitude 8.08 S., Longitude 156.81 rosssadlieri sp. nov. and more than 52 in A. trossula. E. A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is further separated from both other The California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, USA allows species by having a belly that is heavily flecked with black, versus access to its holdings. moderate peppering in A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. and limited flecking in A. trossula. Paratypes: Three preserved specimens in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, USA, reptile collection, specimen A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. differs from both A. trossula and A. numbers: CAS 156059, 156060 and 156061 collected at Gizo michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. by having a dorsal pattern including Island in the New Georgia Group of the Solomon Islands, Latitude intense dark somewhat broken crossbands and including white 8.08 S., Longitude 156.81 E. streaks on the dorsum, versus a semidistinct dorsal pattern in the other two species including crossbands on the dorsum not being Diagnosis: Ventripallidusscincus graysonoconnori sp. nov. has obvious. until now been treated as an island population of V. schmidti Brown, 1953. V. graysonoconnori sp. nov. is however readily The species A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. trossula, A. separated from V. schmidti by the colouration of the tail, in which it michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. and A. mokolahi (Zug, Ineich, Preggill is noticeably arranged into paired spots. V. graysonoconnori sp. and Hamilton, 2012) from Tonga, can be separated from all other nov. also is distinguished from V. schmidti by having significant species in the genus Aintemoia gen. nov. by the following suite of flecking on the lower back and both fore and rear limbs. characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly Both V. graysonoconnori sp. nov. and V. schmidti are separated concave suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader from all other species of Emoia sensu lato and the other genera anteriorly, in contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly formally described in this paper by the following unique suite of separated to moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely characters: Premaxillary teeth 11; Parietal eye present. Anterior fused or partly fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer loreal distinctly shorter and higher. Nasal bones not fused; palate than broad and narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly beta-type; scale rows between parietals and base of tail 49-64; in contact; one pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, Interparietal fused with frontoparietals. Pale, narrow middorsal to nearly as long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with stripe absent from head and usually from body (if present on body, first and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; grayish tan to golden light brown in colour, not less than two scale ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66- rows in breadth and not well-defined on the upper edge). Midbody 108 mm; number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; midbody scale rows 30-36; number of thin, bladelike fourth toe lamellae is scale rows 32-40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum 69-83; ground color of middorsal region (two full-scale rows and usually brownish marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes. two half-scale rows) grayish tan to golden light brown, which merges anteriorly with the bronze-brown of the neck and head. The The morphologically similar A. mokolahi, the only other species narrow, pale dorsolateral stripes begin in the supraciliary region; likely to be confused with A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. trossula, and upper lateral surfaces dark brown to blackish with scattered pale A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is separated from the other three scales. The tail is grey to blue-green and with darker markings species by the unique combination of: A well-defined black band which in Ventripallidusscincus graysonoconnori sp. nov. forms a running across the dorsum roughly between the front legs, pattern of paired spots (modified from Brown 1991). combined with 35 fourth finger lamellae and 48 fourth toe lamellae. Distribution: V. graysonoconnori sp. nov. is known only from Gizo Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from other species in Emoia in the Solomons. V. schmidti occurs elsewhere in the New Georgia sensu lato in the formal description in this paper. group of islands to the east and south-est of Gizo. Distribution: A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is known only from the Etymology: Named in honour of Grayson O’Connor, of Box Hill, type locality. Victoria, Australia owner of the Bush Channel for services to Etymology: Named in honour of Michael Guihenof of Park Road, wildlife conservation through his active promotion of wild regions Park Orchards in recognition of the immense work he has done to and outdoor camping activities in his various movies including via support the ongoing infrastructure at the reptile conservation and the Youtube Channel (bushchannel), which features material from breeding facilty at Snakebusters; Australia’s best reptiles shows. various parts of the world, in particular biodiverse parts of tropical ANTEMOIA ROSSSADLIERI SP. NOV. south-east Asia. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:C0DC82DC-F96B-436D-AFE6- ANTEMOIA MICHAELGUIHENOFI SP. NOV. 59FCDDB7A7F6 LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:6E2C427B-A251-49F0-9016- Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Smithsonian United States 2E02050DAF20 National Museum (USNM), Washington, DC, USA, specimen Holotype: A preserved specimen at the American Museum of number USNM 267939, collected from Kadavu, Fiji. The Natural History, New York, USA, specimen number: AMNH Smithsonian United States National Museum (USNM), Herpetology R-29015, collected from Aiwa, in the Lau group of Washington, DC, USA, allows access to its holdings. islands, Fiji. Paratype: A preserved specimen at the California Academy of Paratypes: 8 preserved specimens at the American Museum of Science (CAS), San Francisco, California, USA, specimen number: Natural History, New York, USA, specimen numbers: AMNH 158978, collected from Kadavu, Fiji. Herpetology R-29017-29022 and 29031-32 collected from Aiwa, in Diagnosis: Aintemoia rosssadlieri sp. nov. and A.

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 42 Australasian Journal of Herpetology michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. have until now been regarded as outlier Islands, Latitude 8.29 S., Longitude 157.62 E. populations of Emoia trossula Brown and Gibbons, 1986, herein This facility allows access to its holdings. placed in the genus Aintemoia gen. nov.. Diagnosis: The species Silvaemoia robvalentici sp. nov. has until A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. is from the island of Kadavu, Fiji and now been treated as a population of Emoia flavigularis Schmidt, believed to restricted to this place. 1932 herein transferred to the genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. due to Aintemoia michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is from the island of Aiwa in the significant morphological and genetic differences between the the Lau Group of islands, Fiji and may be restricted to this island, relevant species. although only further fieldwork in the island group will establish the Silvaemoia robvalentici sp. nov. is separated from S. flavigularis extent of distribution. (Schmidt, 1932) by the absence of white flecks on the lower flanks Aintemoia michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is readily separated from and yellow under the throat as opposed to greenish-yellow. both A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. and A. trossula Brown and Gibbons, Both species S. flavigularis (Schmidt, 1932) and S. robvalentici sp. 1986 by the following suite of characters: less than 34 lamellae on nov. consist the entirety of the genus Silvaemoia gen. nov.. the fourth finger, versus more than 35 in the other two species; The genus Silvaemoia gen. nov. can be separated from the genera less than 48 lamellae on the fourth (rear) toe, versus 49-51 in A. Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. rosssadlieri sp. nov. and more than 52 in A. trossula. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. and Emoa Girard, 1857 by the A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is further separated from both other following suite of characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal species by having a belly that is heavily flecked with black, versus scale rows between parietals and base of tail 52-72; interparietal moderate peppering in A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. and limited flecking fused with frontoparietals; prefrontals usually in contact; dorsal in A. trossula. color brown with scattered dark or vague transverse lines A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. differs from both A. trossula and A. posteriorly; lateral surfaces slightly darker; undersurface of head michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. by having a dorsal pattern including and neck yellowish or yellowish-greenish. intense dark somewhat broken crossbands and including white The genera Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., streaks on the dorsum, versus a semidistinct dorsal pattern in the Aintemoia gen. nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. other two species including crossbands on the dorsum not being and Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from species in the genus obvious. This is in addition to the differences outlined previously Emoia Gray, 1845, in which they were formerly included, by the between the three relevant species. following suite of characters: SVL at maturity of 45-122 mm; snout The species A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. trossula, A. tapered and slightly to moderately depressed; scales smooth; michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. and A. mokolahi (Zug, Ineich, Preggill midbody scale rows 26-42; dorsal scale rows 51-84; subdigital and Hamilton, 2012) from Tonga, can be separated from all other lamellae rounded to moderately thinned, fourth toe lamellae 32-81; species in the genus Aintemoia gen. nov. by the following suite of frontoparietals fused; interparietal nearly always distinct, ranging characters: Fourth toe lamellae 34-60; dorsal scale rows between from long and narrow to small; nasal bones separate; parietal eye parietals and base of tail 52-72; rostral forming moderate, slightly present; palate alpha type; dorsal ground color ranges from concave suture with frontonasal; supranasals slightly broader greenish or greenish tan to light or rarely dark brown, usually with anteriorly, in contact with anterior loreal; prefrontals narrowly darker markings on dorsal and upper lateral surfaces and separated to moderately in contact; interparietal distinct (rarely sometimes pale spots or dashes. fused or partly fused with frontoparietals); interparietal long, longer This is an effective diagnosis also for the so-called Emoia than broad and narrow; prefrontals narrowly separated to broadly samoensis group. in contact; one pair of nuchals; anterior loreal slightly shorter than, Emoia sensu lato including the newly described genera to nearly as long as, posterior and slightly higher, in contact with Notanemoia gen. nov., Cannotbeemoia gen. nov., Aintemoia gen. first and second, second, or first, second and third upper labials; nov., Silvaemoia gen. nov., Griseolaterus gen. nov. as well as ground color of dorsum not brown to blackish; SVL at maturity 66- Emoa Girard, 1857 are separated from all other skink genera by 108 mm; number of lamellae under fourth toe 43-55; midbody the following suite of characters: supranasals present; window in scale rows 32-40 (rarely less than 34); color feature of dorsum movable lower eyelid; frontoparietals fused; limbs well developed, usually brownish marked by a few to numerous whitish dashes. pentadactyl. The morphologically similar A. mokolahi, the only other species These four characters are shared by all species of thegenera. likely to be confused with A. rosssadlieri sp. nov., A. trossula, and However, one or both of the derived characters (window in A. michaelguiheneufi sp. nov. is separated from the other three moveable lower eyelid and frontoparietals fused) also characterize species by the unique combination of: A well-defined black band some species of Lipinia Gray, 1845 and Leiolopisma Duméril and running across the dorsum roughly between the front legs Bibron, 1839 being Lygasomine genera lacking supranasals. combined with 35 fourth finger lamellae and 48 fourth toe lamellae. Several additional characters are common to all species of Emoia Aintemoia gen. nov. is separated from other species in Emoia sensu lato. but they are not diagnostic because they are also found sensu lato in the formal description in this paper. in most species of several other genera of skinks. These include: Distribution: A. rosssadlieri sp. nov. is known only from Kadavu (1) rostral broader than high; (2) frontal as long as or longer than Island, Fiji. broad and in contact with two anterior supraoculars; (3) four large Etymology: Named in honour of Ross Sadlier, of Sydney, NSW, supraoculars; (4) parietals large and in contact; (5) ear Australia, now retired, but who for many years was collection prominent, usually with small lobules anteriorly, but always much manager at the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, smaller than eye; (6) rank of adpressed toes from the shortest to Australia, in recognition of his immense contribution to herpetology. the longest: first, second or fifth, third, fourth; (7) tail slender and I should note that the genus Rosssadliercolotes Hoser, 2018, as much longer than body (modified from Brown, 1991). published by Hoser (2018b), was also named in honour of Ross Distribution: Known only from the New Georgia group of islands Sadlier, but the etymology in the formal description somehow got in the Solomon Islands. chopped from the published final paper so this etymology applies Etymology: Named in honour of Robert Valentic of Donnybrook, there as well. (Melbourne), Victoria, Australia in recognition of some decades of SILVAEMOIA ROBVALENTICI SP. NOV. valuable contributions to herpetology in Australia and elsewhere, LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:338E9BE5-FF48-4B2B-B73D- including through his excellent photos seen in numerous reptile C435D2D20887 books and similar publications. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum of Vertebrate SHIREENHOSERSCINCUS SHIREENHOSERAE SP. NOV. Zoology, University of California, Berkeley, California, USA. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:79DFA8FC-F5D2-4691-86DD- specimen number: MVZ Amphibian and reptile specimen 44962, 263F7EFD367A collected from Munda, New Georgia, Western Province, Solomon Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Field Museum of Natural

History at Chicago, Illinois, USA collected at Kapit District, Borneo, supranasal scales, has a deeply sunk tympanum, five digits on specimen number: FMNH Amphibians and Reptiles 138544, listed both limbs, fewer than 30 subdigital lamellae on the fourth toe, two as “Sphenomorphus stellatus”. A photo of the holotype was rows of supradigital scales on the fourth toe, inner preanal scales published by Bacon (1967). overlapping the outer preanal scales and lower eyelids composed The Field Museum of Natural History at Chicago, Illinois, USA of multiple small scales (Lim 1998; Taylor 1963). allows access to its holdings. This diagnosis also applies to Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov.. Diagnosis: The species Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. is however separated from since moved to the genus Spenomorphus and now placed in the Sphenomorphus and therefore diagnosed by having an external genus Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov., was originally described ear opening present; 22-24 mid-body scale rows; two median rows from a holotype specimen from Peninsula Malaysia. A of dorsal scales that are distinctly widened as opposed to the other morphologically similar lizard from Vietnam was formally described dorsal scale; an absence of white edges to the free margins of the as Lygosoma annamiticum Boettger, 1901, but later synonymised upper and lower eyelids; adpressed limbs overlapping; convex with Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 by subsequent authors. rostral; a pair of enlarged preanal scales; bronze-brown coloration Morphologically similar lizards, were later found in Thailand, above, with scattered, light-colored spots; black spots forming Cambodia and Borneo and were assigned to the same species vertebral and dorsolateral longitudinal stripes on body; black spots (“Sphenomorphus stellatus Boulenger, 1900”) by the relevant on upper and lower lips; and tail lighter in coloration than body, with authors, these being Bacon (1963), Taylor (1967) and Stuart and narrow, transverse, black bands not connecting ventrally. Emmett (2006). The four species, now comprising the total in this newly named This was in the face of evidence they published of significant genus are readily separated from one another by the comparative differences between the relevant forms. diagnostic characters published in Table 1, at the top of page 28 of This same evidence in combination is herein relied upon to Bacon (1967), under the headings “South Viet Nam”, “Thailand”, separate four relevant but closely related species, all of which are “Borneo” and “Malaya”, the first and fourth of these coresponding diagnosed and separated from one another herein. In the to two previously named species and the other two columns previously cited papers, there is significantly more diagnostic corresponding to the two species named in this paper. information than is presented here, however I have deliberately Distribution: So far only known from the type locality, but distilled it to focus on the simplest and main ways that each can be presumably elsewhere on the island of Borneo, in particular the readily separated from the other, rather than dealing with hillier northern sector. potentially overlapping and inconsistent characters. Etymology: As for the genus (see page 15 in this paper). The diagnosis for all four species as genus Shireenhoserscincus SHIREENHOSERSCINCUS DARANINI SP. NOV. gen. nov. is given below. LSID urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:959812A8-0170-4D94-9931- In terms of separating each species with relative ease, the D25B9A783D7C following applies. Holotype: A preserved female specimen at the Zoological Shireenhoserscincus stellatus (Boulenger, 1900) from Peninsula Collection of the Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand, Malaysia is separated from the other three species by the following specimen number: 35439, collected at Khao Sebab, near unique combination of characters: 24 midbody rows, a dorsal Chanthaburi, Chanthaburi Province, Thailand. pattern including rows of small spots and flecks, but not The Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand, allows access to prominently merging along the midline; without an immaculate its holdings. venter, 20-23 fourth toe lamellae and in life a bluish or bluish-grey Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Field Museum of Natural iris. History, Chicago, Illinois, USA, specimen number: FMNH S. shireenhoserae sp. nov. from east Borneo is separated from the Amphibians and Reptiles 267739, collected from the Cardamom other three species by the following unique combination of Mountains area in Cambodia. characters: 24 midbody rows, a dorsal pattern not including rows of Diagnosis: The species Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 spots; an immaculate venter and 19 fourth toe lamellae. since moved to the genus Spenomorphus and now placed in the S. daranini sp. nov. from east Thailand and nearby southern genus Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov., was originally described Cambodia is separated from the other three species by the from a holotype specimen from Peninsula Malaysia. A following unique combination of characters: 22 midbody rows, a morphologically similar lizard from Vietnam was formally described dorsal pattern including rows of spots; without an immaculate as Lygosoma annamiticum Boettger, 1901, but later synonymised venter and 18 fourth toe lamellae. with Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 by subsequent authors. S. annamiticum (Boettger, 1901) from Vietnam is separated from Morphologically similar lizards, were later found in Thailand, the other three species by the following unique combination of Cambodia and Borneo and were assigned to the same species characters: 24 midbody rows and 20-22 fourth toe lamellae, a (“Sphenomorphus stellatus Boulenger, 1900”) by the relevant dorsal pattern including rows of spots, tending to merge; an authors, these being Bacon (1963), Taylor (1967) and Stuart and immaculate venter and in life a reddish or reddish-brown iris. Emmett (2006). Each species within the genus appears confined to a given This was in the face of evidence they published of significant mountain region, however within these constraints there is a strong differences between the relevant forms. degree of latitude in terms of elevation. Each species is separated This same evidence in combination is herein relied upon to from one another by apparently unsuitable flat zones, the separate four relevant but closely related species, all of which are constraint most likely being in the form of competing species and/ diagnosed and separated from one another herin. In the or predators, rather than the physical habitat itself. previously cited papers, there is significantly more diagnostic Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. as a genus includes the putative information than is presented here, however I have deliberately species Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 (split four ways distilled it to focus on the simplest and main ways that each can be above) and in effect includes that putative species only as readily separated from the other, rather than dealing with recognized to date by authors who have reviewed the species potentially overlapping and inconsistent characters. complex, including most importantly Taylor (1963), Bacon (1967) The diagnosis for all four species as genus Shireenhoserscincus and more recently Stuart and Emmett (2006). gen. nov. is given below. That putative species is herein split four ways (see above), using In terms of separating each species with relative ease, the two existing names and formally naming two other species for the following applies. first time. S. daranini sp. nov. from east Thailand and nearby southern The genus Sphenomorphus sensu lato Strauch 1887 is a Cambodia is separated from the other three species by the paraphyletic assemblage of species diagnosed as follows: lacking

Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 44 Australasian Journal of Herpetology following unique combination of characters: 22 midbody rows, a REFERENCES CITED dorsal pattern including rows of spots; without an immaculate Adler, G. H., Austin, C. C. and Dudley, R. 1995. Dispersal and venter and 18 fourth toe lamellae. speciation of skinks among archipelagos in the tropical Pacific Shireenhoserscincus stellatus (Boulenger, 1900) from Peninsula Ocean. Evolutionary Ecology 9:529-541. Malaysia is separated from the other three species by the following Allison, A. and Greer, A. E. 1986. Egg shells with pustulate surface unique combination of characters: 24 midbody rows, a dorsal structures: basis for a new genus of New Guinea skinks (Lacertilia: pattern including rows of small spots and flecks, but not Scincidae). Journal of Herpetology 20(1):116-119. prominently merging along the midline; without an immaculate Angel, F. 1935. Liste de reptiles récoltés par la Mission Aubert de venter, 20-23 fourth toe lamellae and in life a bluish or bluish-grey la Rüe aux Nouvelles Hèbrides ou dans les iles voisines. Bull. Mus. iris. Hist. Nat., Paris, France:(2)7:54-56. S. shireenhoserae sp. nov. from east Borneo is separated from the Auffenberg, W. 1980. The herpetofauna of Komodo, with notes on other three species by the following unique combination of adjacent areas. Bulletin of the Florida State Museum 25(2):39-156. characters: 24 midbody rows, a dorsal pattern not including rows of Austin, C. C. and Zug, G. R. 1999. Molecular and morphological spots; an immaculate venter and 19 fourth toe lamellae. evolution in the south-central Pacific skink Emoia tongana S. annamiticum (Boettger, 1901) from Vietnam is separated from (Reptilia: Squamata): uniformity and human-mediated dispersal. the other three species by the following unique combination of Australian Journal of Zoology 47:425-437. characters: 24 midbody rows and 20-22 fourth toe lamellae, a Bacon, J. P. 1967. Systematic status of three scincid lizards (genus dorsal pattern including rows of spots, tending to merge; an Sphenomorphus) from Borneo. Fieldiana: Zoology 51:63-76. immaculate venter and in life a reddish or reddish-brown iris. Baker, J. R. 1928. The non-marine vertebrate fauna of the New Each species within the genus appears confined to a given Hebrides. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)2:294-302. mountain region, however within these constraints there is a strong degree of latitude in terms of elevation. Each species is separated Baker, N. 2016. Mangrove Skink Emoia atrocostata on a rocky from one another by apparently unsuitable flat zones, the beach at Sedili, Johor, Peninsular Malaysia. SEAVR:125-126. constraint most likely being in the form of competing species and/ Barbour, T. 1912. A Contribution to the Zoogeography of the East or predators, rather than the physical habitat itself. Indian Islands. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. as a genus includes the putative 44(1):1-203. species Lygosoma stellatum Boulenger, 1900 (split four ways Bauer, A. M. 1994. On the identity of Euprepes samoensis above) and in effect includes that putative species only as moluccensis Peters, 1864. Journal of Herpetology 28(2):257-258. recognized to date by authors who have reviewed the species Bauer, A. M. and Sadlier, R. A. (eds.) 2000. The herpetofauna of complex, including most importantly Taylor (1963), Bacon (1967) New Caledonia. Contributions to Herpetology, 17, Society for Study and more recently Stuart and Emmett (2006). Amphibians and Reptiles, Ithaca, New York. That putative species is herein split four ways (see above), using Bauer, A. M. and Vindum, J. V. 1990. A checklist and key to the two existing names and formally naming two other species for the herpetofauna of New Caledonia, with remarks on biogeography. first time. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 47(2):17-45. The genus Sphenomorphus sensu lato Strauch 1887 is a Bauer, A. M., Günther, R. and Klipfel, M. 1995. The herpetological paraphyletic assemblage of species diagnosed as follows: lacking contributions of Wilhelm C.H. Peters (1815-1883). SSAR Facsimile supranasal scales, has a deeply sunk tympanum, five digits on Reprints in Herpetology:714 pp. both limbs, fewer than 30 subdigital lamellae on the fourth toe, two Bennett, D. 1998. Monitor Lizards: Natural History, Biology and rows of supradigital scales on the fourth toe, inner preanal scales Husbandry. Chimaira Bucnhandelsgesellschaft, Germany:352 pp. overlapping the outer preanal scales and lower eyelids composed of multiple small scales (Lim 1998; Taylor 1963). Blanchard, F. N. 1923. The amphibians and reptiles of Dickinson County, Iowa. Iowa. Studies in Natural History 10(2):19-26. This diagnosis also applies to Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov.. Bobrov, V. V. and Semenov D. V. 2008. Lizards of Vietnam. Shireenhoserscincus gen. nov. is however separated from Moscow:236 pp. Sphenomorphus and therefore diagnosed by having an external ear opening present; 22-24 mid-body scale rows; two median rows Boettger, O. 1895. Liste der Amphibien und Batrachier des Insel of dorsal scales that are distinctly widened as opposed to the other Halmaheira nach den Sammlungen Prof. Dr. W. Kükenthal’s. Zool. dorsal scale; an absence of white edges to the free margins of the Anz. 18:116-121, 129-138. upper and lower eyelids; adpressed limbs overlapping; convex Boulenger, G. A. 1886. On the reptiles and batrachians of the rostral; a pair of enlarged preanal scales; bronze-brown coloration Solomon Islands. Trans. Zool. Soc. London 12:35-62. above, with scattered, light-colored spots; black spots forming Boulenger, G. A. 1887. Report on a zoological collection made by vertebral and dorsolateral longitudinal stripes on body; black spots the officers of H.M.S. Flying Fish at Christmas Island, Indian on upper and lower lips; and tail lighter in coloration than body, with Ocean. Proc. zool. Soc. London 1887:516-517. narrow, transverse, black bands not connecting ventrally. Boulenger, G. A. 1887. Catalogue of the Lizards in the British The four species, now comprising the total in this newly named Museum (Nat. Hist.) III. Lacertidae, Gerrhosauridae, Scincidae, genus are readily separated from one another by the comparative Anelytropsidae, Dibamidae, Chamaeleontidae. London:575pp. diagnostic characters published in Table 1, at the top of page 28 of Boulenger, G. A. 1895. On a collection of reptiles and batrachians Bacon (1967), under the headings “South Viet Nam”, “Thailand”, from Ferguson Island, D’Entrecasteaux group British New Guinea. “Borneo” and “Malaya”, the first and fourth of these coresponding Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)16:28-32. to two previously named species and the other two columns Boulenger, G. A. 1897a. On the reptiles of Rotuma Island, corresponding to the two species named in this paper. Polynesia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)20:306-307. Distribution: Known only from hiller parts of eastern Thailand and Boulenger, G. A. 1897b. Descriptions of new lizards and frogs from nearby southern Cambodia. Mount Victoria, Owen Stanley Range, New Guinea, collected by Mr Etymology: Named in honour of Dara Nin, of Ringwood, A. S. Anthony. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)19:6-13. Melbourne, Victoria, Australia, of native Cambodian parents, but Boulenger, G. A. 1900. Description of new batrachians and reptiles born in New Zealand and has never set foot in Asia as of 2018, from Larut Hills, Perak. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)7:186-193. and aged in his 20’s, the species being named in recognition of his Boulenger, G. A. 1914. An annotated list of the batrachians and monumental work over a decade with Snakebusters; Melbourne reptiles collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition Reptile Shows and Reptile Parties, working to educate people and and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Trans. Zool. conserve wildlife with the ony hands on wildlife shows in Australia Soc. London 20(5):247-275. that actually let people hold the animals. Bourret, R. 1937. Notes herpetologiques sur l’Indochine francaise.

XII. Les lezards de la collection du Laboratoire des Sciences Cogger, H. G. 2014. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia, 7th ed. Naturelles de l’Universite. Descriptions de cinq especes nouvelles. CSIRO Publishing, xxx+1033 pp. XIII. Serpents... Bull. Gén. Instr. Pub. Hanoi (May 1937):1-39. Court of Appeal Victoria. 2014. Hoser v Department of Brabanov, A. and Milto, K. 2017. An annotated type catalogue of Sustainability and Environment [2014] VSCA 206 (5 September the anguid, dibamid, scincid and varanid lizards in the Department 2014). of Herpetology, Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, Couper, P., Covacevich, J., Amey, A. and Baker, A. 2006. The St. Petersburg, Russia (Reptilia: Sauria: Anguidae, Dibamidae, genera of skinks (Family Scincidae) of Australia and its island Scincidae and Varanidae). Zootaxa (online) 4244(1):65-78. territories: diversity, distribution and identification. in: Merrick, J. R., Brongersma, L. D. 1931. Eine neue Rasse von Lygosoma Archer, M., Hickey, G. M. and Lee, M. S. Y. (eds.). Evolution and kuekenthali. Zool. Anz. 96:335-336. Zoogeography of Australasian Vertebrates. Australian Scientific Brongersma, L. D. 1948. Lizards from the island of Morotai Publishing, Sydney, pp. 367-384. (Moluccas). Proc. Koninkl. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. C. 51:486-495. Crombie, R. I. and Pregill, G. K. 1999. A Checklist of the Brown, W. C. 1953. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 69. A Herpetofauna of the Palau Islands (Republic of Belau), Oceania. review of New Guinea lizards allied to Emoia baudini and Emoia Herpetological Monographs 13:29-80. physicae (Scincidae). American Museum Novitates (1627):1-25. Daan, S. and Hillenius, D. 1966. Catalogue of the type specimens Brown, W. C. 1954. Notes on several lizards of the genus Emoia, of amphibians and reptiles in the Zoological Museum, Amsterdam. with descriptions of new species from the Solomon Islands. Beaufortia 13:117-144. Fieldiana: Zoology 34:263-276. Darevsky, l. S. 1964a. New species of scincoid lizards from the Brown, W. C. 1983. A new species of Emoia Reptilia, Sauria, islands of Lesser Sundas Archipelago, East Indonesia [in Russian]. (Scincidae) from New Britain. Steenstrupia 8(17):317-324. [Translated from Russian for the National Science Foundation Brown, W. C. 1991. Lizards of the Genus Emoia (Scincidae) with Office of Science Information Services, ed. James A. Peters]. Zool. Observations on Their Evolution and Biogeography. Memoirs of the J. (Moscow) 43(1):80-88. California Academy of Sciences 15:104 pp. Darevsky, l. S. 1964b. Die Reptilien der Inseln Komodo, Padar und Brown, W. C. and Alcala, A. C. 1980. Philippine Lizards of the Rintja im Kleinen Sunda-Archipel, Indonesien. Senckenbergiana family Scincidae. Silliman Univ. Nat. Sci., Dumaguete City, Mon., biologica 43(3/5):563-576. Ser. 2:i-xi+1-246. Das, I. 2004. Lizards of Borneo. Natural History Publications, Kota Brown, W. C. and Allison, A. 1986. A new lizard of the genus Kinabalu, Borneo. Emoia (Scincidae) from Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. de Rooij, N. 1915. The Reptiles of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Occasional Papers of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 26:47-51. I. Lacertilia, Chelonia, Emydosauria. Leiden (E. J. Brill):xiv+384 pp. Brown, W. C. and Falanruw, M. V. C. 1972. A new lizard of the De Jong, J. K. 1927. Reptiles from Dutch New Guinea. Nova genus Emoia (Scincidae) from the Marianas Islands. Proc. Cal. Guinea 15(3):296-318. Acad. Sci. 39(9):105-110. De Vis, C. W. 1890. Reptiles from New Guinea. Proc. Linn. Soc. Brown W. C. and Gibbons, J. R. H. 1986. Species of the Emoia New South Wales (2)5:497-500. samoensis group of lizards (Scincidae) in the Fiji Islands, with De Vis, C. W. 1892. Zoology of British New Guinea. Part 1. descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the California Vertebrata. Ann. Queensland Mus., 2:1-24:3-12. Academy of Sciences, 44:41-53. Dryden, G. L. and Taylor, E. H. 1969. Reptiles from the Mariana Brown, W. C. and Marshall, J. T. 1953. New scincoid lizards from and Caroline Islands. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 48(8):269-279. the Marshall Islands, with notes on their distribution. Copeia Dunn, E. R. 1927. Results of the Douglas Burden Expedition to the 1953(4):201-207. Island of Komodo. III.- Lizards from the East Indies. American Brown, W. C. and Parker, F. 1985. Three new lizards of the genus Museum Novitates (288):1-13. Emoia (Scincidae) from southern New Guinea. Breviora (480):1- Duméril, A. M. C. and Bibron, G. 1839. Erpétologie Générale on 12. Histoire Naturelle Complète des Reptiles. Vol.5. Roret/Fain et Brown, W. C., Pernetta, J .C. and Watling, D. 1980. A new lizard of Thunot, Paris:871 pp. the genus Emoia (Scincidae) from the Fiji islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Duméril, A. M. C. and Duméril, A. H. A. 1851. Catalogue Washington 93(2):350-356. méthodique de la collection des reptiles du Muséum d’Histoire Bruna, E. M., Fisher, R. N. and Case, T. J. 1996a. New evidence of Naturelle de Paris. Gide et Baudry/Roret, Paris:224 pp. habitat segregation between two cryptic species of Pacific skinks Fischer, J. G. 1886. Herpetologische Notizen. Abh. Geb. Naturw. (Emoia cyanura and E. impar). Copeia 1996(4):998-1005. Hamb. 9:51-67(1-19). Bruna, E. M., Fisher, R. N. and Case, T. J. 1996b. Morphological Fisher, R. and Ineich, I. 2012. Cryptic extinction of a common and genetic evolution appear decoupled in Pacific skinks Pacific lizard Emoia impar (Squamata, Scincidae) from the (Squamata: Scincidae: Emoia). Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 263:681- Hawaiian Islands. Oryx 46(2):187-195. 688. Fisher, R. N., Niukula, J., Waitling, D. and Harlow, P. S. 2017. A Buden, D. W. 2007. Reptiles of Satawan Atoll and the Mortlock new species of iguana Brachylophus Cuvier 1829 (Sauria: Iguania: Islands, Chuuk State, Federated States of Micronesia. Pacific Iguanidae) from Gau Island, Fiji Islands. Zootaxa (online), Science 61(3):407-414. 4273(3):407-422. Buden, D. W. 2008. The reptiles of Nauru. Paci?c Science Fitzinger, L. J. F. J. 1843. Systema Reptilium. Braumüller et Seidel, 62(4):499-507. Vindobonae.:1-106. Buden, D. W. 2015a. Reptiles of Uman District Islands Gaulke, M. 1999. Die Herpetofauna von Calauit Island (Southeastern Chuuk Lagoon and Kuop Atoll), Federated States of (Calamianes-Inseln, Provinz Palawan, Philippinen) (Amphibia et Micronesia. Pacific Science 69(2):271-279. Reptilia). Faun. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden 21(19). Buden, D. W. 2015b. Reptiles of Lukunor Atoll, Mortlock Islands, Gaulke, M. 2011. The herpetofauna of Panay Island, Philippines. Chuuk State, Federated States of Micronesia. Pacific Science Edition Chimaira:390 pp. 69(1):117-124. Gaulke, M. and Alcala, A. C. 2009. Notes on the distributional Buden, D. W. and Taboroši, D. 2016. Reptiles of the Federated range of the skink Emoia ruficauda (Reptilia: Scincidae) on States of Micronesia. Island Research and Education Initiative:311 Mindanao Island, the Philippines. Salamandra 45(1):57-60. pp. Garman, S. 1899. Concerning a species of lizard from Clipperton Clause, A. G., Thomas-Moko, N., Rasalato, S. and Fisher, R. N. Island. Proc. New England zool. Club 1:59-62. 2018. All Is Not Lost: Herpetofaunal “Extinctions” in the Fiji Islands. Garman, S. 1901. Some reptiles and batrachians from Australasia. Pacific Science 72(3):321-328. Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 46 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 39:1-14. Hendrickson, J. R. 1966. Observations on the fauna of Pulau Gibson-Hill, C. A. 1947. The terrestrial reptiles [of the Christmas Tioman and Pulau Tulai. 5. The Reptiles. Bull. Nat. Mus. Singapore Islands]. Bull. Raffles Mus. 18:81-86. 34:53-71. Gill, B. J. 1993. The Land Reptiles of Western Samoa. Journal of Henle, K. 1990. Beobachtungen an Reptilien auf den the Royal Society Of New Zealand 23(2):79-89. Gesellschaftsinseln. Salamandra 26(1):45-49. Gill, B. J., Rinke, D. R. and Zug, G. R. 1994. Emoia adspersa Higgins, H. 1943. A Few Reptiles from Western Samoa. Copeia (Lacertilia: Scincidae): Confirmed in Tonga. Records of the 1943(1):59. Auckland Institute and Museum 31:215-217. Hoser, R. T. 1989. Australian Reptiles and Frogs. Pierson and Co., Girard, C. F. 1858a. Descriptions of some new Reptiles, collected Mosman, NSW, 2088, Australia:238 pp. by the US. Exploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Hoser, R. T. 1991. Endangered Animals of Australia. Pierson Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Fourth Part. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Publishing, Mosman, NSW, 2088, Australia:240 pp. Philadelphia 1857: 95-199. Hoser, R. T. 1993. Smuggled: The Underground Trade in Girard, C. F. 1858b. United States Exploring Expedition during the Australia’s Wildlife. Apollo Publishing, Moss Vale, NSW, Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, Under the command of Australia:160 pp. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 20. Herpetology. C. Sherman and Son, Hoser, R. T. 1996. Smuggled-2: Wildlife Trafficking, Crime and Philadelphia, xv+492 pp. Corruption in Australia. Kotabi Publishing. Doncaster, Victoria, Goldberg, S. R. and Grismer, L. L. 2017. Notizen zur Fortpflanzung Australia:280 pp. des Mangrovenskinks, Emoia atrocostata (Squamata: Scincidae), Hoser, R. T. 2010. Sam the scam: Sam the koala is an imposter. auf der Malaiischen Halbinsel. Sauria 39(1):54-57. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 8:1-64. Goldberg, S. R. and Kraus, F. 2008. Notes on reproduction in five Hoser, R. T. 2012. Divisions of the Asian Colubrid snake genera species of Emoia (Squamata: Scincidae) from Papua New Guinea. Xenochrophis, Dendrelaphis and Boiga (Serpentes: Colubridae). Salamandra 44(1):54-58. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 12:65-76. Goris, R. C. and Maeda, N. 2004. Guide to the Amphibians and Hoser, R. T. 2017. The inevitable break-up of the Australian legless Reptiles of Japan. Krieger, Malabar, 285 pp. lizard genera Delma Gray, 1831 and Aprasia Gray, 1839, formal Gray, J. E. 1845. Catalogue of the specimens of lizards in the descriptions of 13 well-defined Pygopodid species, as well as a collection of the British Museum. Trustees of die British Museum/ further improvement in Pygopodid taxonomy and nomenclature. Edward Newman, London:xxvii+289 pp. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 35:3-32. Greer, A. E. 1974. The generic relationships of the scincid lizard Hoser, R. T. 2018a. Six new species of Dwarf Goanna, genus Leiolopisma and its relatives. Australian Journal of Zoology Worrellisaurus Wells and Wellington, 1984 from Australia. 31:1-67. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 37:24-37. Grismer, L. L. 2011a. Lizards of Peninsular Malaysia, Singapore Hoser, R. T. 2018b. A revised taxonomy of the gecko genera and their adjacent archipelagos. Edition Chimaira, Frankfurt:728 Lepidodactylus Fitzinger, 1843, pp. Luperosaurus Gray, 1845 and Pseudogekko Taylor, 1922 including Grismer, L. L. 2011b. Amphibians and reptiles of the Seribuat the formal erection of new genera and subgenera to accommodate Archipelago. Edition Chimaira, Frankfurt:239 pp. the most divergent taxa and description of 26 new species. Grismer, L. L., Wood, P. L. Jr. and Grismer, J. L. 2009. A New Australasian Journal of Herpetology 38:32-64. Insular Species of Skink of The Genus Sphenomorphus Strauch Hoser, R. T. 2019a. 11 new species, 4 new subspecies and a 1887 (Squamata: Scincidae) from Pulau Perhentian Besar, subgenus of Australian Dragon Lizard Terengganu, Peninsular Malaysia. Tropical Life Sciences in the genus Tympanocryptis Peters, 1863, with a warning on the Research, 20(1):51-69. conservation status and long-term survival prospects of some Grismer, L. L., Chan, K. O., Grismer, J. L. Wood, P. L. Jnr. and newly named taxa. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 39:23-52. Norhayati, A. 2010. A checklist of the herpetofauna of the Banjaran Hoser, R. T. 2019b. Richard Shine et al. (1987), Hinrich Kaiser et Bintang, Peninsular Malaysia. Russian Journal of Herpetology al. (2013), Jane Melville et al. (2018 and 2019): Australian Agamids 17(2):147-160. and how rule breakers, liars, thieves, taxonomic vandals and law Grismer, L. L., Wood, P. L. Jnr., Anuar, S., Muin, M. A., Quah, M. breaking copyright infringers are causing reptile species to become A., McGuire, J. A., Brown, R. M., Tri, N. V. and Thai, P. H. 2013. extinct. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 39:53-63. Integrative taxonomy uncovers high levels of cryptic species How, R. A., Durrant, B., Smith, L. A. and Saleh, N. 1998. Emoia diversity in Hemiphyllodactylus Bleeker, 1860 (Squamata: (Reptilia: Scincidae) from the Banda Arc islands of eastern Gekkonidae) and the description of a new species from Peninsular Indonesia: variation in morphology and description of a new Malaysia. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 169:849-880. species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 19:131-139. Grossmann, W. and Tillack, F. 2005. Pulau Tioman - Perle im Ineich, I. 1987. Description d’une nouvelle espece du genre Emoia Südchinesischen Meer, Teil 2. Reptilia (Münster), 10(51):56-64. (Sauria, Scincidae) en Polynesie francaise. Bulletin Du Museum Guillaume, C., Ineich, I., and Boissinot, S. 1994. Allozyme National D’Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie Biologie Et evidence for specific status of the two French Polynesian skink Ecologie Animales, 9(2):491-494. species in the genus Emoia (Reptilia: Lacertilia). Copeia Ineich, I. 2009. The terrestrial herpetofauna of Torres and Banks 1994(4):1042-1047. Groups (northern Vanuatu), with report of a new species for Günther, A. C. L. G. 1874. A contribution to the Fauna of Savage Vanuatu. Zootaxa (online) 2198:1-15. Island. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1874:295-297. Ineich, I. 2011. Amphibians and reptiles. In: Bouchet, P., Le Hamilton, A. M. 2008. Species boundaries, biogeography, and Guyader, H. and Pascal, O. (eds), The Natural History of Santo. intra-archipelago genetic variation with Emoia samoensis species pp. 187-236. MNHN, Paris; Ird, Marseille; PNI, Paris. 572 pp. group in the Vanuatu archipelago and Oceania. PhD thesis, Ineich I. and Zug, G. R. 1991. Nomenclatural status of Emoia Lousiana State University, Baton Rouge:188 pp. cyanura (Lacertilia scincidae) populations in the central pacific. Hamilton, A. M., Zug, G. R. and Austin, C. C. 2010. Biogeographic Copeia 1991(4):1132-1136. anomaly or human introduction: a cryptogenic population of tree Iskandar, D. T. and Mumpuni 2002. The herpetological type skink (Reptilia: Squamata) from the Cook Islands, Oceania. specimens in the Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense Collection. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 100:318-328. Hamadryad 27(1):123-135. Heatwole, H. 1975. Biogeography of reptiles on some of the Jacquinot, H. and Guichenot, A. 1853. Reptiles et poissons. In: islands and cays of Eastern Papua-New Guinea. Atoll Research Hombron and Jacquinot, Zoologie 3, in: Dumont d’Urville, Voyage Bulletin (180):1-41. au Pole Sud et dans l’Oranie sur les corvettes “l’Astrolabe” et “la Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 47

Zélée”, ... Gide and J. Baudry, Paris:56 pp. Diversity and Distributions 24(2): 262-273. Kiester, A. R. 1982. A new forest skink from Ponape. Breviora Ota, H. 2000. Current status of the threatened amphibians and (468):1-10. reptiles of Japan. Popul. Ecol. 42:5-9. Klein, E. R., Harris, R. B., Fisher, R. N. and Reeder, T. W. 2016. Mertens, R. 1922. Verzeichnis der Typen in der herpetologischen Biogeographical history and coalescent species delimitation of Sammlung des Senckenbergischen Museums. Senckenbergiana Pacific island skinks (Squamata: Scincidae: Emoia cyanura 4:162-183. species group). Journal of Biogeography.doi: 10.1111/jbi.12772 Mertens, R. 1927. Neue Amphibien und Reptilien aus dem Indo- Koch, A. 2011. The Amphibians and Reptiles of Sulawesi: Australischen Archipel, gesammelt während der Sunda-Expedition Underestimated Diversity in a Dynamic Environment. In: Zachos, F. Rensch. Senckenbergiana 9:234-242. E. and Habel, J. C. (eds.), Biodiversity Hotspots. Springer, Berlin, Mertens, R. 1930. Die Amphibien und Reptilien der Inseln Bali, pp. 383-404. Lombok, Sumbawa und Flores. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., Frankfurt Koch, A. 2012. Discovery, Diversity, and Distribution of the am Main, Abhandl. 42(3):117-344. Amphibians and Reptiles of Sulawesi and its offshore islands. Meyer, A. B. 1874. Übersicht über die von mir auf Neu-Guinea und Edition Chimaira:374 pp. den Inseln Jobi, Mysore und Mafoor im Jahre 1873 gesammelten Kopstein, P. F. 1926. Reptilien von den Molukken und den Amphibien. Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1874:128- benachbarten Inseln. Zoologische Mededelingen 1:71-112. 140. Kramer, E. 1979. Typenkatalog der Echsen im Naturhistorischen Mittleman, M. B. 1952. A generic synopsis of the Lizards of the Museum Basel (BM), Stand 1978. Revue Suisse de Zoologie Subfamily Lygosominae. Smithson. misc. Collns, 117:1-35. 86(1):159-166. Morley, C. G. and Winder, L. 2015. Vulnerability of Skinks to Kraus, F. 2018. A New Species of Emoia (Squamata: Scincidae) Predation by Introduced Mongoose in the Fiji Islands. Pacific from Papua New Guinea. Journal of Herpetology 52(4):430-436. Science 69(3):313-317. Lesson, R. P. 1826. Reptile plates 3 and 4. In: Atlas de Zoologie, Morrison, C. 2003. A Field Guide to the Herpetofauna of Fiji. Voyage autour de monde, exécuté (part.) ordre du Roi, sur la Institute of Applied Sciences, University of the South Pacific, Suva, Corvette de sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822- Fiji:121 pp. 1825. Arthus Bertrand, Paris. Mys, B. 1988. The zoogeography of the scincid lizards from North Lesson, R. P. 1830. Description de quelques reptiles nouveaux ou Papua New Guinea (Reptilia: Scincidae). I. The distribution of the peu connus. In: M. L. I. Duperrey, Voyage Autour du Monde species. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belgique (Biologie) 58:127-183. Execute par Ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de La Majeste, La Oliver, P. M., Blom, M. P. K., Cogger, H. G., Fisher, R. N., Coquille, exécuté Pendant les Annees 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Richmond, J. Q. and Woinarski, J. C. Z. 2018. Insular 2. Zoologie 2(1). Arthur Bertrand, Paris:1-65. biogeographic origins and high phylogenetic distinctiveness for a Liu-Yu, M. C. 1970. Studies on Taiwan lizards. Biol. Bull. Taiwan recently depleted lizard fauna from Christmas Island, Australia. Normal Univ. 5:51-93. Biol. Lett. 14:20170696. LiVigni, F. (ed.) 2013. A Life for Reptiles and Amphibians, Volume Parker, H. W. 1925. Notes on lizards from the South Pacific 1. Chimaira, Frankfurt:495 pp. Islands. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9)15:298-300. Longman, H. A. 1916. Snakes and lizards from Queensland and Parker, H. W. 1936. A collection of reptiles and amphibians from the Northern Territory. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 5:46- the mountains of British New Guinea. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 51. (10)17:66-93. Manthey, U. and Grossmann, W. 1997. Amphibien und Reptilien Peters, J. A. (Editor). 1966. New species of scincid lizards from the Südostasiens. Natur und Tier Verlag (Münster):512 pp. Islands of the Lesser Sunda Archipelago (East Indonesia) by I. S. Macleay, W. 1877. The lizards of the Chevert Expedition. Darevskii. Smithsonian Herp. Inf. Serv. (7):1-8. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 2:60-69, Peters, W. C. H. 1864. Über einige neue Säugethiere (Mormops, 97-104. Macrotus, Vesperus, Molossus, Capromys), Amphibien McCoid, M. J., Rodda, G. H. and Fritts, T. H. 1995. Distribution and (Plathydactylus, Otocryptis, Euprepes, Ungalia, Dromicus, abundance of Emoia slevini (Scincidae) in the Marianna Islands. Tropidonotus, Xenodon, Hylodes), und Fische (Sillago, Sebastes, Herpetological Review 26(2):70, 72. Channa, Myctophum, Carassius, Barbus), Mber. k. preuss. Akad. McCoy, M. 2006. Reptiles of the Solomon Islands. Pensoft, Sofia, Wiss. Berlin [1864]:381-399. Moscow, USSR:147 pp. Peters, W. C. H. 1871. Uber neue Reptilien aus Ostafrika und McCoy, M. and Webber, P. 1984. Two new species of scincid Sarawak (Borneo), vorzüglich aus der Sammlung des Hrn. Marquis lizards from Santa Cruz and Duff Islands, Solomon Islands. Copeia J. Doria zu Genua. Mber. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss., Berlin 1984(3):571-578. [1871]:566-581. McGregor, R. C. 1904. Notes on Hawaiian Reptiles from the Island Peters, W. C. H. 1874a. Über neue Reptilien (Peropus, Agama, of Maui. Proc. US Natl. Mus. 28(1383):115-118. Euprepes, Lygosoma, Typhlops, Heterolepis) der herpetologischen Sammlung des Berliner zoologischen Museums. M. Ber. k. preuss. Mckeown, S. 1996. A Field Guide to Reptiles and Amphibians in Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1874:159-164. the Hawaiian Islands. Diamond Head Publishing, Inc., Los Osos, CA, USA. Peters, W. C. H. 1874b. Über einige neue Reptilien (Lacerta, Eremias, Diploglossus, Euprepes, Lygosoma, Sepsina, Medway, L. 1974. A new skink (Reptilia: Scincidae: genus Emoia) Ablepharus, Simotes, Onychocephalus). Monatsber. königl. Akad. from the New Hebrides, with comments on the status of Emoia Wiss. Berlin. 1874 (Juni):368-377. samoaensis loyaltiensis (ROUX). Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., London, 27:53-57. Peters, W. C. H. 1878. Herpetologische Notizen. I. Uber die von Spix in Brasilien gesammelten Eidechsen des Königlichen Medway, L. and Marshall, A. G. 1975. Terrestrial vertebrates of the NaturalienKabinets zu München. Monatsber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. New Hebrides: origin and distribution. Roy. Soc. of London, Berlin 1877:407-415. Philosophical Trans. (Ser. B) 272:423-465. Peters, W. C. H. and Doria, G. 1878. Catalogo dei retilli e dei Meiri, S., Bauer, A. M., Allison, A., Castro-Herrera, F., Chirio, L., batraci raccolti da O. Beccari, L. M. D’Alberts e A. A. Bruijn. nella Colli, G., Das, I., Doan, T. M., Glaw, F., Grismer, L. L., Hoogmoed, sotto-regione Austro-Malese. Annali del Museo Civico de Storia M., Kraus, F., LeBreton, M., Meirte, D., Nagy, Z. T., Nogueira, C. D. Naturale di Genova. ser. 1, 13:323-450. C., Oliver, P., Pauwels, O. S. G., Pincheira-Donoso, D., Shea, G., Sindaco, R., Tallowin, O. J. S., Torres-Carvajal, O., Trape, J., Uetz, Procter, J. B. 1923. On new and rare reptiles and batrachians from P., Wagner, P., Wang, Y., Ziegler, T. and Roll, U. 2017. Extinct, the Australian region. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1923:1069-1077. obscure or imaginary: the lizard species with the smallest ranges. Pyron, R. A., Burbrink, F. T. and Weins, J. J. 2013. A phylogeny Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 48 Australasian Journal of Herpetology and revised classification of Squamata, including 4161 species of Smith, M. A. 1935. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and lizards and snakes. Published online at: http:// Burma. Reptiles and Amphibia, Vol. II. Sauria. Taylor and Francis, www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2148/13/93. London:440 pp. Read, J. L. 1998. Reptiles and amphibians of the Kau Wildlife Area Smith, M. A. 1937. A review of the genus Lygosoma (Scincidae: near Madang: a valuable conservation resource. Science in New Reptilia) and its allies. Records of the Indian Mus. 39(3):213-234. Guinea 23(3):145-152. Steindachner, F. 1870. Herpetologische Notizen (Il). Reptilien Rehman, H. U., Hideo, N. and Kei, K. 2013. Geological Origin of gesammelt Während einer Reise in Sengambien. Sitzungsberichte the Volcanic Islands of the Caroline Group in the Federated States der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, 62:326- of Micronesia, Western Pacific. South Pacific Studies 33(2)101- 348. 118. Stejneger, L. 1899. The land reptiles of the Hawaiian Islands. Proc. Resetar, A. R. and Voris, H. K. 1997. Herpetology at the Field US Natl. Mus. 21:783-813. Museum of Natural History, Chicago: the first one hundred years. Sternfeld, R. 1918. Zur Tiergeographie Papuasiens und der in: Collection Building in Ichthyology and Herpetology, ASIH 1997, pazifischen Inselwelt. Abh. senckenb. naturf. Ges. (Frankfurt) pp.495-506. 36:375-436. Ride, W. D. L. (ed.) et. al. (on behalf of the International Sy, E. Y. and Buday, J. 2014. Geographic Distribution: Emoia Commission on Zoological Nomenclature) 1999. International code ruficauda (red-tailed swamp skink). Herpetological Review of Zoological Nomenclature. The Natural History Museum - 45(3):462. Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, UK (also commonly cited as Tanner, V. W. 1950. Pacific islands herpetology. No. III, Moroai “ICZN 1999”). Island. Great Basin Naturalist 10:1-30. Rodda, G. H., Yackel Adams, A. A., Campbell, E. W. and Fritts, T. Taylor, E. H. 1915. New species of Philippine lizards. Philip. J. Sci. H. 2015. General Herpetological Collecting is Size-Biased for Five 10:89-109. Pacific Lizards. Journal of Herpetology 49(4):507-512. Taylor, E. H. 1922. The lizards of the Philippine Islands. Rodda, G. H., Dean-Bradley, K., Campbell, E. W., Fritts, T. H., Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Bureau of Lardner, B., Yackel Adams, A. A. and Reed, R. N. 2015. Stability of Science, Government of the Philippine Islands, Manila, Publication Detectability over 17 Years at a Single Site and other Lizard no. 17:269 pp. Detection Comparisons from Guam. Journal of Herpetology Taylor, E. H. 1963. The lizards of Thailand. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 49(4):513-521. 44: 687-1077. Reed, R. N., Rodda, G. H. and Hinkle, T. J. 2007. Emoia ter Borg, J. 2005. Mariene herpetologie en enkele andere atrocostata (Littoral Skink). Herpetological Review 38:100. herpetologische waarnemingen op en rond Bali, Lombok en Roux, J. 1913. Les reptiles de de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et des îles Komodo (Indonesië). Lacerta 63(6):242-256. Loyalty. In: Nova Caledonia, Recherches scientifiques en Nouvelle ter Borg, J. 2007. Reptielen van Bali, een aanvulling. Lacerta Calédonie et aux Iles Loyalty. Zoologie. (vol. 1, L. 2). Sarasin, F. 65(1):42. and Roux, J. (eds.). C. W. Kreidel’s Verlag, Wiesbaden, pp. 79- 160. Truong, Q. N., Schmitz, A., Nguyen, T. T., Orlov, N. L., Böhme, W. and Ziegler, T. 2011. Review of the Genus Sphenomorphus Sadlier, R. A. and Bauer, A. M. 1997. The terrestrial herpetofauna Fitzinger, 1843 (Squamata: Sauria: Scincidae) in Vietnam, with of the Loyalty Islands. Pacific Science 51(1):76-90. Description of a New Species from Northern Vietnam and Southern Sang, N. V., Cuc, H. T. and Nguyen, Q. T. 2009. Herpetofauna of China and the First Record of Sphenomorphus mimicus Taylor, Vietnam. Chimaira, Frankfurt:768 pp. 1962 from Vietnam. Journal of Herpetology, 45(2):145-154. Sauvage, H. E. 1879. Notice sur quelques reptiles nouveaux ou Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal (VCAT). 2015. Hoser v peu connus de la Nouvelle-Guinee. [Elania annulata]. Bull. Soc. Department of Environment Land Water and Planning (Review and philom. Paris (7)3:47-61. Regulation) [2015] VCAT 1147 (30 July 2015, judgment and Schmidt, K. P. 1932. Reptiles and Amphibians from the Solomon transcript). Islands. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Zool. Ser. 18, (9):175-190. Vogt, T. 1912. Beitrag zur Reptilien- und Amphibienfauna der Schmidt, K. P. and Burt, C. E. 1930. Herpetological results of the Stidseeinseln. Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde Berl. 1912(1):1-13. Whitney South Sea Expedition V. Description of Emoia sanfordi, a Vogt, T. 1932. Beitrag zur Reptilienfauna der ehemaligen Kolonie new lizard from islands of the Western pacific (Scincidae). Deutsch-Neuguinea. Sitzungsber. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 5- American Museum Novitates (436):1-3. 7:281-294. Schüz, E. 1929. Verzeichnis der Typen des Staatlichen Museums Waite, E. R. 1903. Notes on the zoology of Paanopa or Ocean ftir Tierkunde in Dresden. Island and Nauru or Plasant Island, Gilbert: The reptiles. Rec. 1. Teil. Fische, Amphibien und Reptilien. Abh. Ber. Mus. Tierk. Austral. Mus. 5(1):1-15. Volkerk. Dresden 17:1-13. Wanger, T. C., Motzke, I., Saleh, S. and Iskandar, D. T. 2011. The Schwaner, T. D. and Ineich, I. 1998. Emoia cyanura and E. impar amphibians and reptiles of the Lore Lindu National Park area, (Lacertilia, Scincidae) are partially syntopic in American Samoa. Central Sulawesi, Indonesia. Salamandra 47(1):17-29. Copeia 1998(1):247-249. Werner, F. 1898. Vorläufige Mitteilung über die von Herrn Prof. F. Setiadi, M. I. and Hamidy, A. 2006. Jenis-Jenis Herpetofauna di Dahl im Bismarck-Archipel gesammelten Reptilien und Batrachier. Pulau Halmahera. Kerjasama antara Pusat Studi Biodiversitas dan Zool. Anz. 21:552-556. Konservasi Universitas Indonesia dan Museum Zoologicum Werner, F. 1899. Beiträge zur Herpetologie der pacifischen Bogoriense, Puslit Biologi Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia. Inselwelt und von Kleinasien. I. Bemerkungen über einige Reptilien Shea, G. M. 2016. Emoia ahli (Vogt, 1932), a synonym of Emoia aus Neu-Guinea und Polynesien. II. Über einige Reptilien und battersbyi (Procter, 1923) (Squamata: Scincidae). Amphibia- Batrachier aus Kleinasien. Zool. Anz. 22:371-375, 375-378. Reptilia, 37(3):315-319. Whiting, A. S., Bauer, A. M. and Sites, J. W. Jr. 2003. Phylogenetic Siler, C. D. and Brown, R. M. 2010. Phylogeny-based Species relationships and limb loss in sub-Saharan African scincine lizards Delimitation in Philippine Slender Skinks (Reptilia: Squamata: (Squamata: Scincidae). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution Scincidae: Brachymeles): Taxonomic Revision of Pentadactyl 29(3):582-598. Species Groups and Description of Three New Species. Wilson, S. and Swan, G. 2010. A complete guide to reptiles of Herpetological Monographs 24(1):1-54. Australia, 3rd ed. New Holland, Chatswood, NSW, Australia:558 Stuart, B. L. and Emmett, D. A. 2006. A Collection of Amphibians pp. and Reptiles from the Cardamom Mountains, Southwestern Zug, G. R. 1991. The Lizards of Fiji: Natural History and Cambodia. Fieldiana Zool. N.S. (109):1-27. Systematics. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA:148 Hoser 2019 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 40:3-49. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 49

pp. Zug, G. R. and Ineich, I. 1997. Striped skinks in Oceania: the Zug, G. R. 2012. A new species of treeskink (Squamata: status of Emoia caeruleocauda in Fiji. Pacific Science 51:183-188. Scincidae: Emoia samoensis species group) from Rotuma, south- Zug, G. R., Springer, V. G., Williams, J. T. and Johnson, G. D. central Pacific. Proceedings of the Biological Society of 1989. The vertebrates of Rotuma and surrounding waters. Atoll Washington 125(1):74-84. Research Bulletin [Oct. 1988] 316:1-25. Zug, G. R. 2013. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Pacific Islands. Zug, G. R., Hamilton, A. M. and Austin, C. C. 2011. A new Emoia University of California Press, Berkeley:306 pp. samoensis group lizard (Squamata: Scincidae) from the Cook Zug, G. R. and Gill, B. J. 1997. Morphological variation of Emoia Islands, South-central Pacific. Zootaxa (online) 2765:47-57. murphyi (Lacertilia: Scincidae) on islands of the southwest Pacific. Zug, G. R., Ineich, I., Pregill, G. and Hamilton. A. M. 2012. Lizards J. Royal Soc. New Zealand 27(2):235-242. of Tonga and a description of a new Tongan treeskink (Squamata: Zug, G. R. and Ineich, I. 1995. A new skink (Emoia: Lacertilia: Scincidae: Emoia samoensis Group). Pacific Science 66(2):225- Reptilia) from the forest of Fiji. Proceedings of the Biological 237. Society of Washington 108(3):395-400. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST - NONE.